Chris Lionheart
Smash Champion
Link to original post: [drupal=769]MYM 4.0 Story Mode: Armageddon[/drupal]
This is my SM, or Story Mode for the Make Your Move 4.0 contest.
It will be a direct sequel to my previous SM found in this link.
http://www.smashboards.com/showpost.php?p=5364087&postcount=3932
Night had fallen at my humble abode as my friends in Make Your Move had arrived. A glorious bunch we were indeed.
I walked out and found the rest of the crew already enjoying themselves. Well... Mendez was actually high on horse tranquilizers... but I guess he was enjoying himself to. TWILTHERO looked a bit emo actually. MasterWarlord was already engaged in debate, telling everyone how they lacked detail. Mendez would argue this point if he could think... but he was really wasted. Instead the underdetailed WAMY argued with him. Kibble had already become very popular with the rest of the group, as he was surrounded by friends. The whole gang was here..... even Iron Thorn came back, though she was being hit on by multiple MYM guys. She slapped DancingFrogMan across the face.... apparently she had heard about her role in his story.
I pull out a book labeled "Armaggedon?" and open it, my white-gloved hands turning the pages. The MYM'ers gather around as I start to tell my story.
"Let me tell thee a tale, epic and grand, of a disaster that befell the land.
A story of angels, wise and pure.
A story of demons, an evil with no cure.
A story of heroes.... what a noble band.
Will they be able to save Trophy Land?
A legend of valor.
A tale of love.
All witnessed from the heavens above."
~ Chris V.
Prologue- A New Journey
Part 1- An Unexpected Visit
It has been 20 years since the events of the previous SSE and much has changed.
It was mid-day in Valios. Chris Lionheart was sitting on his throne. The years had changed his appearance some. He had grown a short beard and was someone thinner. He grasped a sword, much lighter than his original blade, which was planted in the ground by his throne. Little did he know, an old friend would be coming for a surprise visit.
A brilliant burst of light appears in the throne room. A rather frilly looking man with red hair walks out. ZELOS WILDER
In response to this the castle guards point their weapons at the intruder.
Zelos: Woah... Chill. You'll regret hurting someone as beautiful as me.
Chris starts laughing.
Chris: Guards, lower your weapons. This man is a friend. Leave this place so I can catch up with an old friend.
The guards leave and the two resume their conversation.
Chris: You haven't changed a bit, Zelos. Its nice to see you.
Zelos: Woah, you're actually being nice to me. Looks like you have changed, Loverboy.
Chris: *laughing* Its been a long time since I've been called that. Sadly you are right. I've aged twenty years. You don't look like you've aged a day.
Zelos: That's because I haven't. In Trophy Land, we don't age a day. Sadly, I haven't come here just for pleasant conversation. Something is happening in Trophy Land, Chris. We could really use your strength.
Chris: I.... I'm sorry. My strength has been fading over time. Ever since I took that wound, I can no longer hold my old blade. Even if I did possess the might to aid you, I would be unable. My duties as King are demanding.
Zelos: You don't understand. Yesterday, our land became infested with demons!
Chris: WHAT?!
Zelos: I'm afraid its true. We have barely been able to keep them under control. The desert has already been completely over-run by the foul creatures.
Chris: This bodes il....
Zelos: I have come to request your help in this war. You already have experience slaying a demon.
Chris: ... I don't know what to do... My own country needs me... my old friends need me... I don't know what to do.
Unknown: Allow me to help them, father.
A young man, 18 years of age, walks in. SAM LIONHEART
He is accompanied by a young female, KELSEY, and a soldier with a longsword MICHAEL
Zelos: Father?!.... *Zelos starts laughing* This is great! Good job Loverboy!
Sam: *chuckling* Is this one of your old friends, father? I already like him.
Chris: This is Zelos Wilder, the man responsible for saving my life twenty years ago. Zelos, this is my son, Sam.
Zelos: So you want to fight, boy. What can you do?
Sam removes the axe strapped to his back, Gram.
Sam: With this weapon, none can stand up to me.
Kelsey: Ugh...when will you grow up?
Sam: Hey, beautiful, why do have to be so harsh?
Kelsey: Becau-
Kelsey is interrupted by Zelos.
Zelos: *laughing his *** off* Things just keep getting better and better! Hey, Chris, your son's a junior Casanova!
Kelsey: .....
Sam: *chuckling* This guy is awesome.
Kelsey: I don't like him. Almost as much as I don't like you.
Sam: You'll come around. Anyway, don't try to stop me, father. I'm going to fight.
Chris: If that is what you want, then I won't interfere. Just promise me that you'll come back alive.
Sam: Will you be joining me, Kels?
Kelsey: *sighs* I guess I have no choice.
Michael: I'll be joining you as well. I can't allow the prince to be killed by the followers of Satan.
Zelos: The others will be disappointed to not see Chris again, but I'm sure they'll be glad to have his son around. The other warriors will be a great help as well. There isn't much time to lose. Get together any food, weaponry, and other supplies you might need. I can't guarantee that this journey will be easy.
Sam: For me, it will be.
Kelsey: ....
Part 2- Departure
By the end of the day, the group had prepared for their journey and said their goodbyes to their parents. All of them, even Sam (though he wouldn't admit it), knew that they may not survive the battles ahead.
Zelos: Okay. To get back to my world, we'll have to use a bit of warp powder. Ready?
Sam: I was born ready.
Zelos: All right.
Zelos scatters warp powder in the air. As it envelops the group, they are warped to a field near the Mushroom Kingdom in Trophy Land.
Sam: Woah that was weird.
Zelos: Welcome to Trophy Land, home of beautiful women, sandy beaches, and most recently an ***load of hell spawns. Speaking of which, we're under attack.
Level 1 Part 1- First Fight
Playable Characters- Sam Lionheart, Kelsey, Michael (at this point, a Marth clone), Zelos Wilder
Objective- Defeat 30 demons
Details-
Ok this is your first fight, and fortunately its really easy.
You fight some imps from Spawn: Armaggedon. They have low hp and are easy to defeat, their only annoying tactic being a fireball projectile.
Zelos: Well that was annoying.
Sam: No more enemies? Come on, I didn't even break a sweat!
Kelsey: ....
Zelos: Now that that's over with, lets get you guys to Peach's castle. Its one of the few safe areas in Trophy Land right now.
Level 1 Part 2- To The Castle
Playable Characters- Sam Lionheart, Kelsey, Michael (Marth Clone), Zelos Wilder
Objective- Get to Peach's castle
Details-
Your first side-scrolling level. Fortunately it's really straight forward.
You will have to fight imps along the way. They spawn by bursting from flames out of the ground.
Zelos: We've arrived.
Kelsey: There sure are a lot of guards posted here.
Zelos: Yes. The toads aren't really strong guards so many of them are necessary to keep the demons out. Well, lets not stand around and wait to be attacked again.
End of Prologue.
Chapter 1- The Plot Unfolds
Part 1- Heroes Unite
Zelos guides the Valian heroes to Peach's castle. Many others have already made their way here, including the heroes of Hyrule.
As if anticipating the heroes arrival, Zelda waits at the door.
Zelda: Welcome back, Zelos. I see you've brought company.
Zelda guides the new arrivals into the throne room, where Peach, Sain, Link, Marth, Mario, and Luigi wait for them.
Peach: COMPANY! Oooh and one of them is cute *points at Sam*.
Sam: I'm flattered.... (In his mind he's thinking "Oh, great... a crazy blonde chick likes me.")
Sain: Woah.... Forgetting someone?
Everyone laughs at this.
Peach: What a beautiful girl!..... But that outfit won't due. I'll have to find something for you.
Kelsey: *sighs* .... Can't I just wear what I've got on? (In her mind she is thinking "Oh, great... another pampered noble.")
Peach: No! Girls like us must look beautiful!
Zelos and Sam start snickering (despite his seemingly unsymphathetic expression Sam is thinking "Poor Kels.... that blonde is going to torture her.")
Unfortunately for Kelsey, she didn't really have much say in it. Peach practically dragged her to her room (wow... Peach is strong) and picked out an outfit for her.
Zelda: Well, now that thats over, lets get down to business. Where is Chris?
Sam: Father wasn't able to attend, but don't worry. You've got something even better... me.
Zelda: Just because you're the son of a hero doesn't mean that you're going to be one.
Sam: But it sure doesn't hurt.
Zelos: Just give the kid a chance. Hell, he may live up to his father's legacy after all.
Zelda: Very well, and who are the other 2 people you brought.
Zelos: His escorts.
After they finish speaking, Black Hawk helicopters fly in from the distance, very loudly might I add. In one of the helicopters is a Foxhound agent, Snake.
Zelos: Looks like we've got company. Everything's looking up.
Unfortunately, it wouldn't be so great, as the helicopters are assaulted by flying imps.
The people inside the castle looked on in horror as the helicopters are shot down by the firebreathing demons.
Snake jumps out of his helicopter and fights back with his nikita launcher (and other explosive projectiles).
Level 1- Part 1- Black Hawks Down
Playable Characters- Snake
Objective- Destroy the flying imps (20 total)
Details-
This is pretty straight-forward. The imps can fly around all over the place, so while you can fight them with your aerials, projectiles may be more effective.
Look out for their annoying fireball projectiles.
Snake: Well that was annoying....
It was much more than annoying. All of the helicopters were totaled. The only good news is that there were survivors, including Snake.
Snake and his remaining troops enter Peach's castle.
Zelos: Well if it isn't Mr. Bond himself.
Snake: Very funny, Wilder. If you haven't noticed, now isn't the time for jokes.
Snake throws a pack of pictures on the table. They are labeled Donna Letman Photography.
Snake: These pictures were taken in the desert. It would appear as though a portal to hell has sprung up in its center. Foxhound doesn't have enough troops to send in and close it, judging by the sheer amount of demons exiting that thing, so I came here seeking aid.
Zelos: That explains why we haven't been able to secure the desert. Atleast now we know where we've got to go. This shouldn't take long.
Snake: Didn't you just see my helicopters get blown to ****!? Now we have to walk all the way there, while dealing with these accursed creatures!
Sam: Atleast it won't be boring.
Snake: It gets worse. That portal is growing. Within weeks the entire land will be covered by it!
Zelos: Things just keep getting better and better!
Snake: Exactly. Now start preparing. Tomorrow we must head out. Time is of the essence.
Part 2- Kelsey's New Dress
Kelsey didn't rejoin the rest of the cast for several hours after being dragged away by Peach. Sam went to check on her. He found her on the castle balcony, probably trying to avoid the rest of the characters.
She was wearing a long pink dress, which obviously made her feel uncomfortable
Sam: Hi.
Kelsey: Hi.
Sam: What's wrong? You look a bit upset.
Kelsey: I hate this dress.
Sam starts laughing.
Kelsey: ..... real sensitive, Sam.
Sam: I'm sorry.... I can't help but find the situation funny.
Kelsey: I don't see why its funny. That insane princess has me dressed up like the very thing I hate... a pampered princess.
Sam: Ironic isn't it? To be honest, I found you cuter before.
Kelsey starts laughing at this.
Sam: I made you laugh? Well thats a first.
Kelsey: Yeah, it is.... Thanks for checking on me. Did I miss anything?
Sam: Yeah.... some really weird stuff happened. Strange flying vehicles arrived here, got smote down by demons and now we've got some strangely armored soldiers here. There was also some stuff about a door to Hell. It all sounds bad. Basically, now we're walking all the way through a desert to stop this thing.
Kelsey: Atleast it won't be boring.
Sam: *chuckling* Thats what I said.... Well we leave tomorrow. Be sure to get some sleep. Good night.
Kelsey: Good night...
End of Chapter 1.
Chapter 2- The First Day
Part 1- The Sun Rises
The sun rises the next morning, spreading its golden light over the horizon.
It shines brightly through the windows, waking up most of the heroes.
The only one not up was the young prince Sam. In his early morning laziness, he couldn't seem to get out of bed. A knock on his door forces a reply from the lethargic prince.
Sam: 5 more minutes....
Unknown: Get up you lazy prince.
Sam: ..... Your words call me lazy but your tone says you like me, Kelsey
Sam gets out of bed and puts on his shirt and cloak (jacket), yawning as he moves around a bit sluggishly.
Sam: *mumbling* I hate mornings....
He opens the door only to find that Kelsey had already walked off, probably preparing to leave.
Throughout the castle, the other heroes had their own morning routines.
Peach stared at herself in the mirror, taking forever to brush her hair (typical girl....). On the other side of the castle, Marth was doing the same thing.
Peach: Mirror, mirror, on the wall. Who's the most prettiest of them all?
Marth: Oh yeah, I'm handsome. Sheeda's one lucky girl.
Link was already practicing his sword-fighting in the courtyard. His SKRAHHH!!! could be heard from inside the castle.
Link: SKRAHHHH!!!! SKRAHHH!!!! SKRAHHH!!!!!
Mario and Luigi thought ahead and were already packing pizza for the trip. Whats a good adventure without good food?
Luigi: Weegee makes the best pizza.
Mario shakes his head in disagreement and points to himself, as if to say "I make the best pizza."
Zelos was nowhere to be found. Knowing him, it was safe to assume that he was spying on the ladies.
Zelos: Oh, yeah... That Peach is one fine woman. **** I think she heard me.....
Sain had apparently forgot to tell Peach how beautiful she was.... she made him sleep on the couch.
Sain: *yawns* Peach may be beautiful, but she knows how to punish a man....
Zelda played the ocarina. It was an entertaining way to start her day.
Zelda: There's nothing like music to wake you up in the morning.
Snake was reading his.... magazines.
Snake: I need a new issue....
Once everyone was ready, the group set out off and an epic adventure begins.
Part 2- Moving Out
The heroes head out, guided by a map of the continent. Their trail would be through the forest that surrounds the Mushroom Kingdom, through the swamp, and finally into the desert. They would head through the center of the forest, to pick up Ike and Mia who, as Princess Zelda had last been informed, were living in a humble home east of the Mushroom Kingdom.
Part 2- Level 1- The Mushroom Kingdom
Playable Characters- Sam Lionheart, Kelsey, Zelos, Michael (Marth Clone), Zelda, Peach, Sain, Marth, Mario, Luigi, Snake
Objectives- Journey through the Mushroom Kingdom
Music- Mushroom Kingdom
Details-
A side-scrolling level with a bit of Mario. You play on a standard Mario level, complete with breakable blocks and stuff like that. Basically it looks a lot like the first level of Melee's Adventure mode.
The enemies are usually goombas, koopa troopas, koopa paratroopas, and other common Mario enemies.
At some points, imps will spawn and attack you. When this happens, the music switches to a bad***, but generic, metal song.
This level takes about 10-15 minutes to complete, if you speed through it.
At the end of this level, the group sees Bowser fighting off a group of demons and joins in the fight.
Part 2- Level 2- Saving... BOWSER?!
Playable Characters- Bowser, Sam Lionheart, Kelsey, Michael (Marth Clone), Zelos Wilder, Zelda, Peach, Sain, Marth, Mario, Luigi
Objectives- Defeat the demons (100 total)
Song- A generic metal song
Details-
This is pretty straightforward. Just defeat the demons, which consist mostly of imps and flying imps.
There are also Whip demons, female demons which strike with their long-reaching whips.
Bowser, rather than fighting the group that just saved him, makes a nodding gesture and joins the group as the travel out of the Mushroom kingdom.
The group reaches the border of the Mushroom Kingdom. Signs have been posted by the toads who once lived in this area. The signs are within 100 feet of each other, and the group passes by them one by one.
"The forest lies ahead. Enter at your own risk."
"Beware of demons"
"Turn Back."
"I'm warning you."
"No, seriously, enter here and you are screwed."
"Ok, fine, buddy. Don't blame me when you die."
Zelos: Hahaha, those last two were kind of funny.
Zelda: This is no laughing matter... those signs forecast danger.
Luigi: Weegee is scared... HOLD WEEGEE!!!
Luigi jumps in Peach's arms. She slaps him and throws him to the ground.
This causes everyone to burst in to laughter.
Luigi: Everyone hates Weegee....
Most of the heroes are now nervous and a bit frightened. Still, they march on into the unknown and don't turn back as Peach's castle disappears in the distance behind them.
End of Chapter 2.
Chapter 3-7 - Gaiden: The Sandbag Stories
Cutscene- The Guiding Hand
One man watches the universe from his own dimension, providing a guiding hand when necessary. AEON
Aeon can cross time and space, manipulating the fate of the world at will. Little is known about this mysterious man. Though considered to be good, his motives remain hidden.
Aeon forms a rift and peers through it. He is shocked at what he sees. The universe known as trophy land is bordering on destruction. Aeon witnesses as the hell hole increases in size steadily.
Aeon: The balance of the universe is being overturned.... this bodes il. I must intervene. The nature of my ways must not yet be revealed to the universe..... I must find five heroes worthy of this task.
Aeon begins his task by opening rifts to the different worlds and dimensions that are directly connected to Trophy Land. One particular dimension catches his eye.... the planet Earth.
Chapter 3- The Just King Of The Seas
History has told us the stories of many famous pirates, from Blackbeard to Jack Sparrow (LOL WUT?) One great pirate has gone unnamed by history. His nature was unlike the others. The corrupt rulers of the earth wished to hide such nobility from the people in fear that they might mimic this seafaring champion. His tale was thus never sung by the bards.
His name, was King K. Rool.
Part 1- The Robin Hood of the Seas
It is sometime in the 1500's. K. Rool's ship is seen heading towards the port of Britain. K. Rool orders his men to lower the sails, hiding the banner of the great K. Rool. He raises his hat and looks into the distance. His target has been spotted. The very castle of England shall host his raid. This would be his greatest theft ever. If successful, he would be able to greatly help the poor surfs of England.
K. Rool tips his hat back down and pulls out his knife. Obviously he wouldn't be able to take his cannon into the throne of his enemy... he would need to be stealthy.
He pulls a cloak out of the chest in his quarters, draping it over his shoulders and hiding his garments. He should be well disguised from the nobility in this garb. As he steps out onto the deck, a red parrot flies to the ship and perches on his shoulder. IAGO
K. Rool: What news to you have for me Iago.
Iago: The guards are on holiday today. Its perfect.
K. Rool: Excellent. You've done your job well. You can wait on the ship. I'll do this alone.
Iago flies of his shoulder and perches in the crow's nest.
The crew lowers the anchor.
K. Rool: And so it begins.
Level One- Raiding The Jewel of England
K. Rool has arrived at the castle. On the wall of the castle is a wanted poster with his face on it.... or what is actually a hilariously bad drawing of his face. It has a poorly drawn mustache on it.
"King K. Rool-
Wanted for thievery, murder, and treason to the queen.
Reward- 1 Million Gald (wait... wtf.... GALD?!)
The first task would be to take out the guards.
Level One- Part 1- The Schawn Brigade
*Sorry can't find a picture*
The Schawn Brigade are the 3 most useless knights in Tales of Vesperia. They are basically only there for comic relief/annoyance. One of them is a tall ugly French looking guy. One of them is a riduclously short spearman. The 3rd is a fat guy who appears to be the leader of the group.
They are, for some odd reason, serving as the guards of the castle. Your first task, to knock them out.
Playable Characters- King K. Rool
Objectives- Defeat the Schawn Brigade
Details-
You are unable to use your cannon. Your specials are replaced with specials much like Marth's and you must solely rely on your dagger.
Each member of the Schawn brigade has one stock.
Tweedle A (the French guy) is medium weight and shouldn't be to hard to KO. He fights using sword attacks of medium speed.
Tweedle B (the short guy) is lightweight and should be easy to KO. He fights using fast and far reaching, but weak spear attacks.
Tweedle C (the "captain") is a heavyweight and fights with a sword. His attacks are the slowest and most powerful of the three.
You have 3 stocks.
K. Rool tips his hat to his unconcious foes after winning.
K. Rool: Well, well. That sure was easy. Now that I've bested the fail brigade, lets get down to business.
Level One- Part 2- Into The Castle
Playable Characters- King K. Rool
Objectives- Get to the jewel of England.
Details-
You are still unable to use your cannon. Your specials are replaced by Marth's specials and you rely solely on your dagger.
This is a side scrolling level. You must make your way through the castle, avoiding the guards as much as possible. This is going to feel a lot like Metal Gear Solid. If you happen to be spotted by a guard, you must incapacitate them and drag their body off into a corner or something. If you don't hide the body, you will draw lots of attention to yourself, making this level much... much harder than it has to be.
One interesting feature is the ability to hide in shadows. Just step inside and watch the soldiers miss you.
After this level, K. Rool finds the jewel in the most predictable place, the throne room. Its guarded pretty heavily.... but whats this? Something is going on.
Cutscene- Prince Traitor
K. Rool looks at the scene in front of him. The prince draws a sword and points it at the king and queen. He cuts them down and takes the crown off of his father's head.
Laughing manically the prince sits on the throne, pushing his father's body off the chair.
The camera once again shifts to K. Rool as he thinks of his next move.
K. Rool: Well... its not or never.
K. Rool jumps out of the shadows and charges at the prince like a ninja, cutting down the soldiers in his way. He then leaps at the corrupt ruler and thrusts his dagger down. The prince parries the blow.
Level One- Part 3~ Boss Battle- Prince Charming
Play As- King. K. Rool
Details-
You are still locked to your dagger only. Your specials are replaced with Marth's specials.
You have 2 stocks to beat this boss.
Prince charming is mobile and can shield, sidestep, and air dodge just like a human character. He can take knockback.
His health is that of a normal boss.
Prince Charming has the following attacks:
Sword Thrust-
Prince Charming brushes his hair back, leans forward and stabs. A slow attack due to his narcism. Deals 10....25% and medium.....high knockback.
Sword Slash-
The prince throws his head back and does a fruity hair flip. He then slashes. A slow attack due to his vanity. Deals 12...27% and good....high (higher than Sword Thrust) knockback.
Counter-
Works a lot like the Counter of an FE character, but it deals a set 10....20% damage and low...great knockback. Its frames are about the same as Ike's.
I'm To Sexy-
Anyone who has watched the Shrek American Idol knows what I'm talking about. Prince Charming starts singing "I'm to Sexy". If you are within half of Final Destination, you take 5....10% per second you are within that distance. You don't flinch. He pulls out a microphone before singing.
This boss would probably fall into the Easy category.
Cutscene- The Crown Jewel Of England
The evil prince lies incapacitated on the floor. K. Rool doesn't wish to kill anyone. His gaze shifts towards his prize, a large diamond. K. Rool reaches for the priceless gem, takes it, and hides it in his cloak.
Not wishing to waste time, the great pirate bolts into the shadows to leave the castle.
Level One- Part 4~ Leaving the Castle
Playable Characters- K. Rool
Details-
Do I even have to say this again?
This is just like the 2nd part but in reverse.
After K. Rool leaves the castle, he hears the giant bell ringing.
K. Rool: It would appear I have been discovered. Time to take my leave of this place.
K. Rool tries to slip through the crowd, but he is soon recognized by the city guard. Looks like its time to run.
Level 2- Escaping Britain
Level 2- Part 1~ To The Port
Playable Character- King K. Rool
Again, the cannon is not available and your specials are the same as Marth's.
Details-
This is a side-scrolling level. Arrive at the port in under 10 minutes.
The enemies are all common generic sword-wielding guards.
Cutscene- Leaving The Harbor
As K. Rool arrives at the harbor, he sees soldiers interrogating his crew. With no time to spare, he follows his first instinct and incapacitates them.
K. Rool: Get to work everyone. We need to get out of here and fast.
K. Rool's crew raises the anchor, lets the sails loose and the ship leaves the harbor.
Iago starts squawking nervously as he sees the Bristish Navy ships chasing them. It quickly becomes worse as they are soon surrounded by the Royal Navy.
K. Rool: Looks like its the end of the line.
The hand of fortune was on the pirate, however, as the navy ships are warped to another dimension.
Another rift forms aboard K. Rool's ship. Aeon walks through the portal.
The crew points their swords at the silver-haired stranger, but K. Rool orders a parle.
K. Rool: What is your name stranger?
Aeon: I am the hand of fate. That is all you need to know about me.
K. Rool: Was it you that banished the ships?
Aeon: Indeed it was. I have seen you to be a worthy hero. There is a great danger that must be stopped. Come with me.
K. Rool: And leave my crew behind.
Aeon: Fear not, for you will not be gone long. I could bring you back to this instant if I wanted.
K. Rool: Interesting.... But why should I trust you?
Aeon: Would you rather face imminent danger?
K. Rool: I will trust you for now... but cross me and you shall find yourself at the tip of my blade.
K. Rool whistles for Iago. The bird once again perches on his shoulder.
K. Rool: Are you going to come with me, Iago?
Iago: Whats in it for me?
K. Rool: If you don't, I'm going to return you to the sultan. You don't want that do you?
Iago: NO! NO CRACKERS!
K. Rool: *chuckling* I thought as much.
And so K. Rool, Aeon and Iago vanish into the rift.
One hero has been recruited for the quest to save Trophy Land... actually the entire universe.... 4 more remain.
End of Chapter 3.
Chapter 4: A Knight In Shining Armor
For ages, the bards hath sung the tales of many great knights. The black knight, King Arthur, Sir Lancelot, and Gahalad, just to name a few. One knight's tale has gone unsung. Its greatness hasn't touched the ears of man. But I tell thee now that this knight was the noblest to ever bear the weight of his armor and fight for those who counted on him.
It all started in Dreamland. A curious case had occured in the Kibble race. A human child was delivered into their home. They raised it and called it one of them, dressing him in the golden armor of their people. One problem had arisen, however. He grew far faster than any of them, becoming almost as tall as King Dedede himself. Naturally it became harder to give him armor, but the kind Kibbles provided for him anyway. SirKibble became adept in boomerang combat, even beating most of the Kibble race.
And then one day, SirKibble met with Kibble Claus (lol do you see where this is going?) Kibble Claus told him the sad truth.
Kibble Claus: I'm sorry SirKibble, but you're not a Kibble.
SirKibble: What?! NOOOOOO!!!!
Kibble Claus: Its true. You come from a magic land named Camelot.
SirKibble: Camelot? What can you tell me of this land?
Kibble Claus: I have been there many times in my travels. Its people aren't always the jolliest, but it is a wondrous place no less. Just a couple words of advice. 1) If you see an apple lying on the ground, its not free food. and 2) Many taverns will claim to be the first, but the real one is located near the castle.
SirKibble was distraught, saddened because he wasn't really a Kibble. He ran away and traveled to earth. He traveled through the magical Wispy Woods and the great forests of Dreamland.
Level One- The Wispy Woods
Playable Characters- SirKibble
Objectives- Make it through the Wispy Woods
Details-
This is a side-scrolling level. It will feel very much like the Kirby games (except that you aren't Kirby) and feature many Kirby enemies, including the sub-boss Wispy Woods at the end. Since every Kirby fan knows of Wispy Woods, I won't bother posting his attacks and whatnot.
Finally Kibble made it to Camelot. It was indeed a magical land just as Kibble Claus had told him. People who looked much like him (without the armor) rode around on strange and wondrous beasts. They did the strangest things.. like kill each other with weapons of steel. SirKibble hoped that he wouldn't have to kill any of them. Kibble finds an apple lying on the ground. Without a second thought he picks it up and eats it. And wouldn't you know it... the next thing he does is go into a tavern and congratulate them on being the first. He looked like a complete idiot, but he was oblivious to the situation.
Kibble had learned that his real father was King Arthur himself, and so he went to pay his daddykins a visit. He even brought him a pitcher of ale as a gift.
The guards laughed at the strange knight but let him in anyway. Kibble made a hilarious scene at the Round Table, so funny that it belongs in Monty Python. Kibble drops the ale on Arthur's desk and hugs the king, embarassing him so much that he called the guards to take Kibble out of the castle. As he was being dragged away, Kibble said some words to his father.
SirKibble: Thats ok, daddy. I love you! See you later! These guards are so strong!
As SirKibble left, the Knights of the Round Table laughed their ***es off, pointing at King Arthur and slapping him on the back. Most of them were already drunk so it was even funnier for them.
After Kibble was dragged out of the castle, Camelot came under attack by enemy knights. The people of the city were being chased down and killed by the invaders.
SirKibble: Whats going on? These visitors are killing innocent people... They are meanies!
Level Two- Saving Camelot
SirKibble didn't have to think twice. He pulled out his bladed boomerangs and joined the frey!
Level Two- Part One~ Invaders
Playable Characters- SirKibble
Objectives- Defeat 30 enemies
Details-
This is simple. Just defeat the enemies as they appear and this should be over shortly. Your opponents consists of generic fast swordsman, slow but strong axe murderers, well rounded spear users, and fast moving horse knights whose attacks stats are based on their weapon (sword, axe, or spear). Your boomerang throws should make short work of them.
The enemies around Kibble have been slain by the golden knight, but many still remain throughout the city. You know what to do.
Level Two- Part Two~ Purging Camelot
Playable Characters- SirKibble
Objectives- Drive out the invaders
Details-
This level is much less straight-forward, neither a side-scroller or a single multi-man fight. Instead it will feel a lot like a Tales of *something* game. You explore the town, finding the invaders and then when you walk up to one, a Brawl match begins. You can visit a tavern at any time to heal up. The opponents are the same as before, but now fragile but annoying archers and slow but heavy knights are added to the enemy roster.
The last task in this level is a boss fight. You must find them after all the other enemies are purged from the city. They are located at the castle, where you started. The enemy commander and his son serve as a "double boss" of sorts.
Boss Battle- The Saxon Leaders
These bosses are as mobile as human players. The more experienced father can defend himself just like a playable character. His son, on the other hand, lacks these abilities and tries to keep his distance and shoot you with a crossbow to protect himself.
The son has about 25% of the normal boss hp. His father has 50% of the normal boss hp.
Attacks:
Crossbow Shot (Son)- Fires a crossbow bolt across the stage. It flies about the speed of a laser and deals 5...20% damage and low...good knockback. If it hits the father, it will damage him, so try to jump over the shot and let it hit daddy.
Sword Slash (Son)- If you get near him, he will try to slash at you to fight back. He isn't the stoutest of melee fighters, as his attack is slow and not hard to interrupt. Deals 10...25% and average...great knockback. If it hits the father it will damage him.
Sword Slash (Father)- The dad is more agressive. He will try to stay in your face. His slash is a bit faster but still a bit slow and deals 10....25% damage and average...great knockback. If it hits the son it will damage him. Try to keep in the sons face and watch them hack away at each other. =D
Counter (Father)- Its just a pretty standard FE counter. It deals an auto 10...20% damage and low...average knockback. He won't use this to often. The frames are the same as Ike's.
Difficulty- Once you master the fairly simple style of eliminating the son first, this fight shouldn't be to hard. Medium difficulty tops.
After the boss is defeated, King Arthur is proud of SirKibble. He praises his combat skills and offers you a position in the knights of the round table.
Before SirKibble can accept, however, a portal opens up near him. The silver-haired Aeon, accompanied by King K. Rool steps out of the portal.
Aeon informs Kibble of the dangers facing his former family in Dreamland and how it will spread to this world if given the time. Kibble is torn in two by this, but King Arthur allows him to leave. SirKibble steps through the portal with Aeon and King K. Rool. 2 heroes have been recruited. 3 more remain.
End of Chapter 4.
Chapter 5- The Great Warlord
This tale takes place in the great land of Sparta, an age long remembered by history. You may have heard this story before.... the legend of 300 Spartans holding off for 3 days against tens of thousands of Persians. The name Leonidas has become famous. There was one on the field even greater than he, however. His name was forgotten because of King Leonidas's legend. He was the 301st Spartan... the one who lived.
His name.... was MasterWarlord.
Level One- The Road to Battle
After Leonidas assembles his Spartans they begin skipping to the point of battle. MasterWarlord did not join in the stupidity, and rather marched ahead of the group, taking out any enemy in their path.
Level One- Part One~ I Will Survive
Playable Characters- MasterWarlord
Objective- Lead the Spartans to the defense point, where the enemies numbers won't count for ****.
Details-
This is a pretty simple and humorous side-scrolling level. You will have to guide the Spartans, who are holding hands and skipping, to their post. The song "I Will Survive" is playing in the background.
Your enemies will consist of generic Persians, scouts who arrived in Sparta before the main force. They work much like the knights of the previous chapter and consist of sword, axe, spear, and bow.
The Spartans set up camp at their post.
Soon they had a visitor. It was none other than the hunchback, Paris Hilton.
MasterWarlord: No wai... I've seen this movie before... *kills Paris Hilton with his axe*.
Leonidas: Wtf, you just killed her man.
MasterWarlord: She might have been a spy....
Leonidas: Well, whats done is done... lets get hydrated!
Leonidas pulls out many bottles of Gatorade... Is it in you?
Level One- Part Two~ The Dance Off
Later that day, emissaries of the Persians came to make a truce with the Spartans.
Persians: You must surrender to us.
MasterWarlord: Why don't you go play a game of hide and go **** yourself?
Persians: Very well... we must have a dance off.
Leonidas: SPARTANS! LETS STOMP THE YARD!
Playable Characters- MasterWarlord
Objectives- Win the dance off
Details-
This is actually quite simple. Simply press the buttons (A, B, X, Y, Z on a Gamecube Controller) as they appear on the screen. MasterWarlord will pull off random and awesome dance moves as you progress, including the worm, the robot, breakdancing, and finally, the Napoleon Dance. It gets a bit harder progressively as it goes along.
Each time you defeat a Persian, they become a sore loser and try to kill you. They each have the stamina of a primid, except for the captain who has the durability of a playable character (must be knocked off the screen) and fights a lot like Link, without the Neutral, Down, and Side Special.
Leonidas: Lets run them off the cliffs!
The spartan soldiers push the Persians off the cliff. They scream as they fall to their dooms.
Level Two- 3 Days of Defense
Level Two- Part One~ The First Day
The Persians have come for the first day of *** kicking. Show em what you're made of!
Playable Characters- MasterWarlord
Objective- Defeat 30 Persians
Details-
This is a straight-forward Multi-Man Brawl. The enemies are just like those in the first part, consisting of fast swordsman, strong axeman, well-rounded spearmen, and annoying archers. This shouldn't be to hard.
The Spartans rest for the night and prepare for the second day. The stern Warlord stays up to keep watch.
Level Two- Part Two~ The Second Day
And so the Persians try to unleash their great power on the Spartans. Their magics are devastating.
Playable Characters- MasterWarlord
Objective- Defeat 40 Persians
Details-
Again pretty straight forward. This is much like the previous part except now the Persians have added bombers (who use Link-Style bombs) to their numbers.
The Spartans have won yet another day, but they all know that they will probably not hold out another day.
MasterWarlord: So whats the plan?
Leonidas: It is simple. We keep holding our ground here. Tomorrow will be the day we die!
Soldiers: WHAT?!
Leonidas: Yes, little do the Persians know that in Sparta the greatest honor is to die in battle!
Captain: Thats a ****ty plan.
MasterWarlord: Indeed.... IT NEEDS MOAR DETAIL!!!
Leonidas: Nevermind that... TONIGHT WE DINE AT HOOTERS!
Soldiers: YAY!
Leonidas: Eat from them.... EVERYTHING.... and tip them... NOTHING!
Soldiers: YAY!!!!
Even the serious MasterWarlord was temporarily swayed by this. Who can resist the buffalo wings... right... the buffalo wings. >_>
Level Two- Part Three~ The Third Day
The Persians make their last assault, giving it everything. The Spartans will surely die today.
Playable Characters- MasterWarlord
Objectives- Defeat the Persians
Details-
This part lets you exlore similarly to the 3rd level of Kibble's Chapter. This time, however it will be more like Grand Theft Auto. You will be able to not only cut up your foe's with your axe but you can also pick up guns from the Grand Theft Auto games and jack cars just for the hell of it (oh and you can run over people to =D). There are probably about 100 enemies on the field and you have 2 stocks of 300% health to take care of them all.
The cowardly Xerces uses the Transformer Cube to crush the Spartans!
Boss Battle- Xerces Tron
*No image available... Basically its a giant TV screen with Xerces's face on it*
Play As: MasterWarlord
Size- Really big... probably about the size of Petey Pirana
Hp- Normal Boss Hp
Difficulty- Medium
How it works-
Its basically like the fight with Petey Pirahna but Xerces Tron stays in place, trying to swing his arms at you while playing Youtube Poops.
Swing Arms- Just like Petey Pirahna.
CDi Poop- Plays a CDi Zelda youtube poop. At scenes with the King, your character is forced to laugh, making them vulnerable to attacks while they do. This can be avoided by watching the videos on youtube or playing this fight enough times to learn where The King appears and sidestepping/airdodging/rolling when he does.
PINGAS- Xerces's speakers start saying PINGAS PINGAS PINGAS, while Robotnik is on the screen. Your character takes 3...7% damage with every PINGAS. You don't take damage if you are about half of FD or more away from him.
Ash's ******** Adventure- Starts playing this youtube poop and quoting random things from the poop such as "LEATHER BELT" or AHHHHHH. These quotes have a variety of effects.
LEATHER BELT- A bolt of lightning comes from the sky. On intense it has the same damage and knockback as Pikachu's supr gawd down b. On easy it would do about 1/3 of that damage and knockback.
AHHHHHH!!!!- An explosion about the size of Snake's grenade occurs where you are. Move away or dodge quickly to avoid taking damage. Deals 10....25% damage and average...great knockback.
You Fell The Crap Down- If you are in the air, you quickly fall down to the ground and take 5...20% damage. Airdodge, meteor cancel, or simply be on the ground to avoid.
MasterWarlord: THIS IS SPARTA!
MasterWarlord chops Xerces's power cord. Xerces falls on the Spartans (including Leonidas) except for MasterWarlord.
As the Persians charge the last living member of the Spartans, Aeon appears out of his rift and freezes time.
MasterWarlord: Who are you?
Aeon: I am the hand of fate. Come with me, this world is in a danger that must be stopped.
MasterWarlord: Whats in it for me?
Aeon: Would you rather face them? *Points to the Persians*
MasterWarlord: Lol... those underdetailed noobs can't hope to beat me.
Aeon: Dracula is among them.
MasterWarlord: Oh crap... I'll come.
(Little did MasterWarlord know, Dracula wasn't among them. =P)
MasterWarlord and Dracula step into the portal.
3 heroes have been recruited. 2 remain.
End of Chapter 5.
Chapter 6- Nightmare In Transylvania
Not all places can be epic or grand... this was surely no promised land. This story takes place in gloomy Transylvania, a realm long haunted by the worst fears of man. Vampires, werewolves, and demons owned the night, all ruled by the king of fright. Dracula was his name and it was a source of great fear. But a man named Mendez hunts the monster.... will evil's end be near?
Level One- Gloomy Town
It was a typical day in Transylvania.... everyone was slow and gloomy, fearful of the dangers that would hit them next. Noone was brave enough to fight.... there was no safe escape. Mendez was really out of place. He seemed oblivious to the danger... or he didn't care.
Mendez walks into a tavern towards the small central hub.... if you can call it that... of the gothic town. He kicks the door down, much to the displeasure of the barkeep. He walks over to the counter, still looking all badass, and sits down, putting his feet on the table.
Barkeep: What will you be having?
Mendez: A pint of ale and make it strong.
Mendez pulls a gold coin out of his pocket and slaps it on the counter. A lot of the shady people in the tavern glare at him. As he waits for his drink, Mendez looks around... the tavern is a pretty dark place. A lot of questionable individuals sat at the tables... mostly arrogant bounty hunters trying to put their name in the history books as Dracula's killer. One particularly mysterious individual sat in the corner, sipping what looked to be a fine wine. His face was hidden in the shadows and Mendez couldn't make out the details of it.
The barkeep slides Mendez his ale. As he drinks it, some of the ruffians in the tavern walk over to Mendez, cracking their knuckles intimidatingly. Mendez is not bothered by this and even chuckles before continuing to drink his beverage. This was until one of the brutes pulled out a pistol and shot his glass. It shattered, covering the counter in its shards and spilling ale over the sides.
Mendez: What was that for?
A particularly greasy looking hunter answers him crudely.
Man: We don't appreciate your kind in here?
Mendez: What... the handsome kind, or the kind with hygiene?
Man: A wise-guy eh? Well me and the other men here have the solution to that.
The man pops his neck and his knuckles and draws a silver sword. All the other ruffians in the tavern draw their weapons as well. Mendez is unafraid and even laughs at his new "friends." The man in the corner gets up and suddenly a long whip extends from his direction and pops one of the brutes in the face. The stranger walks out of the background, revealing himself to be none other than Simon Belmont.
*Note- Simon Belmont is the best of the AI Allies in this chapter. He uses the moveset made for him by Chief Mendez in MYM3. AI Level= 5.
Man: Two mice to squash, eh? Not a problem.
Simon: You really don't know who you're up against do you?
Mendez: This is so unfair... I would hate to be you lot.
Level One- Part 1~ BAR FIGHT!
Playable Characters- Chief Mendez
Ally- Simon Belmont
Objectives- Defeat the bounty hunters (10 total)
Details-
It sounds really, really easy doesn't it? Only 10 generic enemies and you get an ally.
Actually, the bounty hunters are competent fighters, each being atleast as strong as a Greap (from the Brawl SSE). They all have about 40% hp each.
Its straight-forward though.. just show them that Mendez has the strength to back up the attitude.
As the bounty hunters run out of the tavern, beaten by the 2 heroes, Mendez chuckles at the sight. He walks over and tries to pat Simon on the back, who just shrugs it off.
Mendez: Hey, whats wrong, bud? Not a people person? Why'ld you join the fight then?
Simon: Because I don't care to see that human trash make a mockery of this place. They can't even comprehend the reason for these people's torment. The name is Simon... Simon Belmont.
Mendez: Simon Belmont.... the Simon Belmont?
Simon: You're a fan?
Mendez: You inspired me to become a hunter... I was wondering when I'ld get to see you in action.
Simon: Heh? You're a hunter?
Mendez: Yeah... I'm here to help purge the evil in this town?
Simon: So you're just another bounty hunter with his eyes on the Count.... A word of advice... turn back while you live.
Mendez: I won't be turned down that quickly... I'm not here for fame or fortune... I just want to save this place.
Simon: Interesting... Lets see if you are really up to your word.... Join me in my hunt.
Mendez and Simon leave the pub, only to find chaos going on. Three vampires, the brides of Dracula are terrorizing the city. One man, clothed in a black coat and a large hat walks into the center of town and pulls out a stainless steel automatic crossbow. Van Helsing Mendez and Dracula join the man and a battle ensues.
*Note- Van Helsing effectively uses a high projectile based set, mainly just firing crossbow bolts (that deal 2% each) at Fox blaster speed from a distance. Not a really competent hand to hand fighter.
Boss Battle: The Three Brides
Play As: Chief Mendez
Allies: Simon Belmont, Van Helsing
Details:
Each one of Dracula's brides has 1/3rd of the normal boss hp. Sure you have computer allies, but their AI isn't that great (probably only about level 5).
They appear in human forms, because this is nintendo, and those bat forms are just gruesome.
Moves:
Fly- Its simple. They fly around in random directions attempting to mindgame you.
Airdodge- They aren't the most competent dodgers (though in Intense they are pretty good), but they can dodge your attacks.
Dash- Much like the attack where Ridley flies across the screen. Has roughly half the damage and knockback.
Screech- The loud screech of a bat. Deals 5...15% damage and inverts your controls for 3...5 seconds. The move is a projectile, taking the appearance of sound waves that travelly in any direction they choose to fire and bounce off of non-character objects. If one bride is hit by the screech of another, she takes the damage.
Cow Throw- One of the sisters flies out of the stage and comes back flying around and carrying a cow, which she attempts to drop on you like a bomb. Deals 10...25% and medium... high knockback if it hits.
Slash- A basic claw swipe... deals 5...15% and low...good knockback. Slow and predictable.
Bite- Grabs a character and attempts to bite their neck, dealing 25...50% if it hits. Fortunately, you have 3 seconds before it hits, in which time your allies can attack the vampire and help you escape.
After winning this match, a cutscene plays in which Van Helsing fires a holy water laced crossbow bolt into the blonde bride, killing her and turning her to ash and bones. The other 2 brides scream and flee.
Van Helsing: Well that was fun... who are you two?
Simon: I am Simon Belmont, and this is Mendez.
Van Helsing: You two are vampire slayers as well?
Mendez: We did just slay a vampire didn't we?
Van Helsing: You're right.
Simon: I suppose you'll be coming to hunt Dracula as well?
Van Helsing: I should be asking you that question?
Simon: .... details details.... Are you coming or not?
Van Helsing: I'm supposed to kill him anyway.... might as well have some help.
Mendez: I think you'll be the one helping.
And so the trio of vampire slayers heads for Castle Dracula, home of the evil count himself.
Level Two- Trasylvanian Forest
Play As: Chief Mendez
Allies: Simon Belmont, Van Helsing
Objectives- Get to Castle Dracula
Details-
You're travelling through a dark, scary forest.... this isn't going to be straight forward. You will have to navigate your characters around a large RPG level... and you will probably get lost atleast once.
Its actually very fun... it feels like a typical hack and slash, but you attack with the ground moves of a Smash character. It works with a health bar rather than the typical knock out system. Your character has a stamina of 300%. You can recover full health by finding an abandoned campsite or you can recover smaller amounts by picking up blood canisters that look suspiciously like horse tranquilizers.
Enemies for this level are generic vampires, zombies, werewolves, and other creatures of horror.
This level actually has 3 sub-bosses, each of which is a generic, but slightly stronger enemy that has a 300% health bar of its own. You get a full health refill and a large number of coins for defeating each one.
Sub-boss #1- Howlen The Wolf Lord
Location: A cave in the western side of the map.
A lame name, but its a pretty cool enemy. A werewolf in a cloak like Dracula.
Sub-boss #2- Nosferatu
Location: A cave in the eastern side of the map.
The very first vampire legend. Rather then being a bat... he's a rat. Not nearly as strong or iconic as Dracula.
Sub-boss #3- The Ugly Bride
Location: Near Dracula's castle.
Notes- The only one you are required to fight.
One of Dracula's 3 brides... she's the brunette with the weird thing around her neck who is extremely ugly compared to the other two. Kill that ugly bat *****.
Simon: It would appear that we have finally arrived at the castle.
Mendez: Really? Are you sure this giant spooky house isn't the home of someone else?
Simon: Funny guy...
The vampire hunters enter the manor, ready for the dangers that lie ahead.
Level 3- Dracula's Castle
Play As: Chief Mendez
Allies: Simon Belmont, Van Helsing
Objectives- Find Dracula
Details-
Ok now this is a lot less confusing... but its not straight-forward either. This will feel just like Castlevania, appealing very much to CV fans like Mendez. Its platforming levels are almost taken right out of some of the better CV games, but it is very fun to play as a Smash Bros character in here. You are still using a 300% hp stamina system.
Simon and friends have finally found Dracula. He sets at the dining room table, not even acknowledging his predators. He sits back in his chair, sipping a class of "wine". Another vampire hunter is lies on the floor, not dead, but merely exhausted from fighting the greatest of vampires. Blade
Simon: I've come for you, Dracula. There is no escaping this time.
Dracula: Oh, hello Simon... I didn't even notice you knocking my door down. Who are the other two guests? Friends of yours? Come on... sit down and have some wine.
Van Helsing: I'm not here to play any games. You've put a curse on this town and I've been sent to vanquish you on authority of the Vatican.
Dracula: Ah, Gabriel... how does it feel to be the left hand of God?
Mendez: I don't know what is going on here.... and I don't particularly care. I'm no legend... and I'm not Gabriel... I'm just a guy with a gun. And you.... you are going down.
Blade injects himself with serum, restoring his energy. It looks like the hunters have another ally against their greatest foe.
*Note- Blade is the group's Link-like character, having similar sword moves and a gun that works like the bow.
Boss Battle- Dracula
Play As: Chief Mendez
Allies: Simon Belmont, Van Helsing, Blade
Details- Dracula is really holding a lot back.. he only has about 1.5x the normal boss hp against a 4 character team.
Moves-
Fly- Just like the brides, he can fly around very well, mindgaming and annoying you to hell.
Air Dodge- A pretty adept dodger, he has annoying reflexes, but he won't use it to often.
Dash- Like Ridley's flying dash across the screen. It has the same stats.
Wave Of Bats- Dracula casts his hand forward, raising part of his cloak. About 20 bats come pouring out of it in a giant wave. Each one strikes for 1...3% damage and flinching if it hits you. Shielding is an effective means of avoiding this, as they do little damage to shields.
Sonic Blasts- Dracula flies down to the ground and casts his hand forward 3 times, releasing 3 sonic waves that bounce of the wall and go through any character they hit, dealing 5...15% and low...medium knockback each.
Disappear- Mostly just for annoying you.. he vanishes and appears somewhere else.
Bite- Dracula grabs you and 3 seconds later, he bites your neck, dealing 25...50% damage. You're only real hope is to have an ally attack him.
Transform- Dracula turns into many bats. He then flies around the stage like Pikachu's Final Smash, dealing 10...25% damage and good...high knockback each time he hits you. He turns back after 10 seconds. Take advantage of this move, because each bat you kill deals considerable damage to him after he turns back.
Glass of "Wine"- Dracula pulls out his wine glass and drinks of the red liquid, healing himself for 3...5% per second for up to 10 seconds... hit him to knock him out of it.
Dracula isn't so easily defeated, he vanishes yet again, leaving the hunters without their prize.
A rift appears where Dracula was standing, and out steps the silver-haired Aeon. Aeon points at Mendez.
Aeon: Come with me. There is a danger far greater than Dracula, and you have been judged worthly of fighting to prevent it.
Mendez: Might as well.... You three can hold the vampire hunting fort while I'm gone, can't you?
Simon: Yeah. Good luck.
Mendez: I won't need it. But thanks anyway.
Mendez steps into the portal.
Four out of five heroes have been recruited by Aeon. Only one remains.
End of chapter 6.
Chapter 7- Brave King and the Sword of Darkness
The last hero's story starts back at Sam's home. Though his father didn't join the journey in Trophy Land, he would soon become entwined deeply in the story.
What started out as a typical day in Valios would quickly erupt into chaos, as the capital would be attacked from the inside by rebel soldiers.
Chris was fast asleep, tired from his stressful duties.... who would have known that actually caring about the people you ruled could be such a difficult process?
His rest wouldn't last long, however, as his cousin, Sir Arden, commandant of the Royal Army, came bursting in his room.
Arden: Wake up, my King!
This has no effect. So Arden fetches a bucket of water and dumps it on Chris's head.
Chris gets up, looking tired and a bit annoyed. His white hair is messy.
Chris: You know you can just call me cousin, right? Now what is so urgent?
Arden: We're under attack!
Chris couldn't help but thinking (You're the Commandant... isn't it your job to handle this?). He gets up anyway. In a short time he is armored and ready to fight. He arms himself with his new sword, the light-weight longsword, Faust.
As Chris walks into the throne room, his gaze turns towards his old broadsword which was mounted above the throne, Le Blade de Leon as his family had dubbed it. Its gold lion's head shaped hilt shined brightly in the sun. Its diamond edges, sharper and harder than steel, once served as the death of many a foe. It almost seemed to beg its former master to take it up.
Chris: If only I could wield you again.... but you are to heavy. I might tear my stitched-wound right open... But I will take you with me anyway, if only to wear your sheathe on my back once more. Give me good luck in battle.
Chris takes the sword down and sheathes it on his back. Faust is sheathed on his waist.
As the king leaves, his wife, Ryann, or "Aimes Trueshot" as she is often called, comes with him, already dressed in her light armor. She almost seems to be crying.
Chris: What is wrong?
Ryann: You're in no shape to fight... I beg of you, don't go. Let Arden handle it.
Chris reaches out to touch her face.
Chris: You know I can't do that..... Its against my nature to see people in danger and not act to stop it.
Ryann: Then take me with you.
Chris: I don't want to risk losing you....
Ry: My arrows will protect me... I'm not going to take no for an answer.
Chris: Ah, so stubborn. Of course, thats what I like about you. *smiling* Ah, well. Just like old times, right?
*Ryann will join you in your fights as a CPU controlled ally. She has competent defensive AI, but doesn't attack very well. She mostly keeps her distance and resorts to spamming arrows like Pit's, which can be aimed but not manipulated. Her arrows deal 5% each, so she is a reliable source of easy damage. She's a real light-weight though.*
Level One- The Rebel Assault
As the couple leaves the castle, they find that there are very few royal guard stationed around it. Arden had ordered most of the knights to engage the enemy and protect the civilians.
Chris decides to head for the source of the outbreak, right in the residential area of town. The rebels must have wanted to raise hatred for him by killing innocent people and putting the blame on the kings lack of ability to protect them. It was a hard tactic to counter, as the rebels could easily attack from anywhere in the kingdom at any time, disguising themselves as regular civilians.
Level One- Part 1~ The Poor Quarter
The closest residential area to the castle was the commoner's quarter, contrary to most kingdoms where the king lives near the rich and powerful. The first King Lionheart wanted to be close to the common people, a moral most of the royal line has followed since then.
Play As: Chris Lionheart (no lion form)
Ally: Ryann "Aimes" Trueshot
Objectives- Liberate The Residential Area
Details-
This level actually feels like Assassin's Creed. Your job is to take out all the enemy soldiers in the area, using your Smash Bros moves instead of common slashes and whatnot. You can wall jump right on top of the buildings in town to give Ryann a height advantage from which to rain her arrows on enemy groups to big for you to take down without taking a lot of damage. You can also use your neutral B in this tactic to help with this. Enemy archers may also be using this tactic. The enemy soldiers focus on quantity a lot more than quality, being as weak or even weaker than primids on average. You can take down most foes in a single slash, but they usually come in groups of 20 or more... though never more than 50 enemies. Don't count on stealth and blending in though. Your enemies have no intention of sparing anyone. The townspeople will recognize their king and queen instantly and attempt to help you in the same way as some men in Assassin's Creed do. There are probably about 300 enemies throughout the town, and you have an Assassin's Creed style health system to take them all down.
Now that that's finally under control, Chris heads out for the Noble Quarter. The people of the poor quarter thanked him for his efforts. Chris orders his personal guard to stay in the area and protect the people, an action which helps reduce the civilians' fears.
Level One- Part Two~ The Rich Quarter
As Chris and Ryann arrive in the noble quarter, they find that it is much better guarded. This angers them both very much... despite all their efforts to help the common citizens, the knights still protect the rich at the cost of the poor.
Chris: .... This is horrible... no wonder the rebellion is so strong.
Ryann: Its not your fault.
Chris: Details, details... Lets just get this over with so I can order some of these spineless knights to protect the poor quarter whre they belong.
Play As: Chris Lionheart (no Lion Form)
Ally: Ryann Trueshot
Objectives- Liberate The Noble Quarter
Details-
This is so much easier than the first part. There are just as many enemies, but now you have a lot of knights to help you out. They aren't the best fighters, but they help you out defensively by distracting and grouping the enemies. This works more like a generic hack and slash, but with Smash Bros moves... You won't be able to hop on building or anything, as these mansions are much to large. Enemy archers are often on rooftops... just have Ryann take care of them. Your health in this match follows the system of Ninety Nine Nights, in which a circular health bar surrounds your character portrait, making 3 complete loops around the picture. You can pick up food items to heal.
As the Noble Quarter is liberated, the surviving knights rally around Chris, expecting to be praised for their efforts... They were in for a rude awakening.
Captain: King Lionheart, it is an honor to fight beside you!
Chris: Cut the formalities, captain. Don't think I'm happy to see you hear, or proud of your actions.
Captain: What are ou talking about, noble King.
Chris: Were'n't your orders to protect the people?
Captain: Aye and we did.
Chris: *facepalms* You were supposed to protect the common people... not these snooty nobles. Now send some of your knights to the common quarter to guard them. You're lucky that this isn't the time for my anger.
Captain: (frightened) Yes! Right away, King Lionheart.
Chris and Ryann head to the main battle, the citadel of town, where most of the commerce and activity goes on... truly that was the worst place to be when the rebels struck.
Level One- Part Three~ The Citadel
Chris and Ryann enter the Citadel to find absolute chaos. The enemy has large numbers, and the knights, split because of their stupid desire to protect the nobles, are barely able to hold the force off. If not for the leadership of Commandant Arden, this area would have fallen already.
*Arden joins you as an ally of sorts. He isn't focused on aiding you directly, but is rather busy doing his job. Still he is a powerful warrior, probably better than Chris now. When he is available to help you, take advantage of the opportunity. He fights with generic slashes, much like the character Flynn Scifo in Tales of Vesperia.*
Play As: Chris Lionheart
Allies: Ryann "Aimes" Trueshot, Arden Marten
Objectives- Liberate the Citadel
Details-
Ok, this one really works a lot like Ninety Nine Nights. You fight truly massive numbers of enemies while feeling like a true battle god! There could be a thousand enemies on the field at a single time and they come in waves. You kill them very easily, however, taking out entire clumps of enemies in a few strikes of your sword. Unlike Ninety Nights, you also have 2 very powerful allies, Ryann and Arden, who have about as much power as you do (but aren't as competent.) You are also aided by generic knights that seem useless, but actually really help to keep the enemy soldiers off your back. Once again, you work with the Ninety Nights triple circle around your portrait health bar and can be healed when food items are dropped. This time, each enemy you kill drops an orb, which flies towards you and fills something called a "Smash Bar." When it fills up, you can perform your Final Smash, which absolutely devastates the enemies. There are a total of 5000 enemies in this match. o.O
Don't worry... its easier then it sounds.
At the end of the part, a boss enemy, the so called "Angel Of Death", leader of the rebellion steps onto the field and challenges you.
He has very high hp compared to you and blocks a lot. His scythe is truly devasting and really gives your generic knights hell. You can realistically only survive about 5 hits from him. The best strategy is to perform hit and run attacks and let Arden and Ryann (who are invinceable) distract him so you can move in and bring the pain. About 10 hit and run comboes should be sufficient to defeat him.
After beating this part, a cutscene triggers, initiating a conversation between Chris and the "Angel of Death".
Chris: Why have you done this?
AoD: Because it is my right to rule. Foolish King... this assault was merely a distraction. Right now, a wave of my troops head for the castle. Theres something there that I would like to own.
Chris: You.... Prepare to die!
As Chris swings his sword at the man, the rebel bolts past Chris, knocking him over. He runs up a wall and retreats towards the castle by running on the rooftops.
Chris: Quickly... To Castle Lionheart!
Level Two- A Mystery Unfolds
Chris, Ryann, Arden, and the soldiers hurry towards the castle. As they head through the poor quarter, they find that the soldiers there have been devastated by the rebel leader himself. The scythe wounds on their bodies tell the story well. He took them by surprise and they were powerless to stop him. That man truly was a master of dealing death.
The group was horrified by this, but it made them even more determined to head for the castle and thwart the villain.
Level Two- Part One~ Storming The Castle
How ironic... who would of thought Chris would have to take his own castle by force?
Play As: Chris Lionheart
Allies: Ryann "Aimes" Trueshot, Arden Marten
Objective- Take Back The Castle, Reach The Vault
Details-
Ok the first Side-Scrolling level in this chapter. Its really straightforward. Just take the enemies out at the gate, enter the castle, take out enemies in the corridors, and continue on to the vault. The trail of enemies leads you to a vault that is usually well guarded. While it holds treasure, its not abundant by the standards of royalty, as a lot of money is used to aid the poor. Still, Chris is no pauper.
After you reach the vault, a cutscene plays. The guards have all been taken out, scythe wounds being the cause of death. The door of the vault room has been forced open. Could that man have done this by himself?
Chris and friends enter the vault.
Chris: Thats weird... they haven't taken any gold.. what could he be after....
They head further in to find the "Angel of Death" claiming his prize. A large black sword hung on the wall, radiating an evil glow... it hasn't done that before. It was the sword of Ashencroft, the powerful demon that Chris slew 20 years ago. The man takes it off the wall and wields it.
Man: At last! The sword of hell is mine!
Chris: Put it back! I'll promise you a quick death if you do.
Man: I don't think so... How about I promise you a quick death... This sword wounded you 20 years ago... I'm going to help it finish the job.
Boss Battle- "The Angel Of Death"
Description-
A mysterious man, shrouded in black, the so called "Angel of Death" seeks to destroy you. He wields the sword of hell, Megiddo.
Play As- Chris Lionheart
Allies- Ryann "Aimes" Trueshot, Arden Marten
This boss is human sized and has literally infinent hp. You cannot win this fight. The goal is to survive for 1 minute. Atleast one of your team members must survive for the entire duration, though if you are KO'd you automatically lose.
Attacks:
Sword Slash- Common and generic. Its slow and fairly predictable. Deals 15...30% and medium...high knockback.
Fire Wave- Slashes and releases a wave of fire similar to the Demon Fang of Tales of Symphonia. It travels all the way across the stage and deals 10...25% damage and low to good knockback.
Rain of Fire- One section of the sky burns red and rains fire less than a second later. Move out of it to dodge. Deals 20...35% damage and good...very high knockback.
Reap Life- Teleports behind a character and slashes at them with his sword. Deals 10...25% damage and medium...high knockback.
The 3 Valian heroes find themselves exhausted. They can't defeat this foe.
Chris: The sword... it holds so much power...
Man: Prepare to die.
As the man moves in for the kill, a powerful gun blast stops him. Chris looks to see a rift open. Aeon, K. Rool, SirKibble, MasterWarlord, and Chief Mendez step out. The thief, not in the mood to fight so many foes, slashes the air with his sword, opening up a rift to Trophy Land. He steps through it and it closes behind him.
Chris: Who are you?
Aeon: I am Aeon. That man must be stopped. There will be terrible consequences if that sword reaches Hell. Come with me.
Chris: I will come... Maybe I'll be able to help my son after all.
Ryann: Wait.. I'm coming with you.
Chris: I'm sorry, but I can't allow that this time. You saw watch that man just did... this is far to dangerous. Besides, some one has to settle down this post-battle chaos while I'm gone, right?
Ryann: You're right. Promise me you'll come back to me in one piece okay?
Chris: *smiling* Don't worry about me. I can handle myself. And I have these warriors to help. I'll be back with our son before you know it. Goodbye, my love.
Aeon forms another rift, this time to Trophy Land. The heroes all step into it, Chris being the last.
Chris looks back at Ryann one last time before entering the portal. In his mind, he wonders if he will be able to keep his promise.
End of Chapter 7.
Chapter 8- The Forest
When we last checked on Sam's group, they were headed through the forest. Their path would take them through the center of the forest and directly into the desert. Unfortunately these lands weren't so peaceful as they had been in ages past.
Level One- The Greenlands
Level One- Part One~ Finding Ike
At first, the forest looked normal... no signs of corruption at all, except for the occassionally group of demons, of course.
Play As: Sam Lionheart, Kelsey, Michael (Marth Clone), Zelos Wilder, Zelda, Link, Marth, Peach, Sain, Mario, Luigi, Snake, Bowser
Objective- Make it to Ike's house.
Details-
This is just a straightforward level to help you get back into the groove of using this group. Make it through the simple sidescrolling level, beat the occassional group of imps (which come in numbers of 10 or more) and this part ends when you get to Ike's home, a cliche log cabin.
Level One- Part Two~ Holding Out
As Sam's group arrives at Ike's home, there is a flashback.
Ike: *yawning* Good morning... *looks around*... Huh!? Where is Mia?
Mia was already outside swinging a sword. Ike shakes his head, despite being amused. He gets up and puts on armor and his sword. It was looking like a typical day for the mercenary duo... spar, wait for a mercenary job, eat, call it a day... Not to exciting, but it was still living. Times had been slow.... at first they were being employed left and right to rid the area of the demon plague... but with everyone fleeing or dead... that soon ended.
The tranquility of the day would soon end. Demons would attack their home.
Play As: Ike, Mia (and eventually Haar, Bastian, Calill, and Illyana)
Objectives- Protect Home, 20 turns
Details-
If you haven't played Fire Emblem before, then this will probably be a new experience to you. You play on an FE board, controlling Ike, a level 20 Hero/Lord, and Mia, a level 20 Swordmaster.
One spot on the map, the door to their house, is colored red and glowing. Your objective is to protect that spot on the field for 20 turns (a turn is your phase, followed by an enemy phase). It doesn't matter if your units are defeated in battle, but if you fail to protect them, that makes this a lot harder.
Your enemies will be assorted demons, including weak imps (level 10), stronger whip demons (level 15), and annoying fire demons (level 20). A fire demon becomes an imp when you kill it. All enemies attack at melee reach only in the lower difficulties, but in hard or higher, they will try and attack you at 2 squares away, a situation in which Ike and Mia can't counterattack. To fight this and still protect the house, the best option is to keep your units adjacent to each other and right by the house/protect point. This will leave as few available attack points for the enemy units as possible.
The enemies get harder as it goes along, but you will also get additional units:
Haar (level 20 Wyvern Lord)- Appears after 3 turns from the south of the screen. "Looks like my nap is over..."
Bastian (level 20 Wind Sage)- Appears after 6 turns from the south of the screen. "Fate has reunited us... now let these enemies know the embrace of our blades."
Illyana + Calill (level 20, Thunder and Fire Sages respectively)- Appear together from the south of the screen after 10 turns. "Sooooo hungry....." (Illyana) "I'll make something after this is done.. but its not the time to eat now." (Calill)
If you want to keep all units alive (and doing so will get you a trophy of each person you keep alive in the 3rd class Radiant Dawn form), it is important to surround the sages by the heavier units (Ike, Mia and Haar being the tanks). The Sages have the ability to attack from 2 squares away so they can prove to be useful in higher difficulties... but also more risky to use.
After 20 turns, the rest of the cast appears on the far side of the field and drives out the remaining demons, giving the Tellius characters some time to talk.
Ike: Its good to see you all again! But what are you doing here?
Bastian: I'm here on a mission from the queen. There were strange reports of monsters and scorched lands to the north.
Illyana: ... soooo hungry....
Calill: Maybe I should explain for the both of us... Illyana was traveling with the merchant caravan as usual... I came along to build fame for Largo's tavern by cooking for the people along the way.
Haar: I came to deliver a message to you... and to get some time away from Jill... its so hard to take a nap with her around.
Ike: Sounds like you've been busy Haar. *laughing*
Haar: Looks like you've got a problem of your own.
Mia: What was that?
Bastian: Touche, noblest Haar... but we should applaud young love. What a glorious feeling, love is!
Ike: .... yeah... I see you haven't changed a bit, Bastian.
Sam's group, finishing their slaughter of the demons, returns to the cabin.
Marth: Its been to long.
Ike: Indeed... but why can't these situations ever just be friendly? Its always demons, primids, or soldiers... A mercenary's work is never done... Its good to see you lot, though. I see there are some new faces in the group. Introduce yourselves.
Sam: I am Sam, son of Chris.
Ike: Chris Lionheart?
Sam: Aye.
Ike: How is your old man anyway?
Sam: You probably wouldn't recognize him... but atleast he's alive.... The soldier is Michael, a warrior under my command... and the girl is Kelsey.. shes really into me.
Kelsey: ..... *slaps*
Sam: Ouch.... what was that for?...
Ike: *laughing* A strange group, you are. Like father like son... but his relationship actually worked out.
Sam: *grinning* She'll come around.... *turning to Kelsey* won't you, beautiful?
Kelsey: Lose the attitude and we'll talk....
Zelda: Ok... now that that's over... lets discuss the current situation...
Ike: All I know is that there are demons everywhere...
Zelda: I'll enlighten you then. A hole to hell itself has opened up in the middle of the desert... We have to go close it by any means possible... If we fail, it will expand and demons will overrun this world.
Ike: Sounds serious.... Just like old times, eh? Well, we not be the Greil Mercenaries... but lets move out!
Level Two- Scorched Lands
Not far from the cabin, the lands, formerly beautiful forests, have been corrupted and scorched. The ground is black and covered in ash... It looks like Pompeii but much worse...
Level Two- Part One~ Charr Homeland
The scorched forests and plains were once home to the Charr, feral humanoid beasts who were almost as intelligent as they were brutal. When the demons attacked, many of the Charr quickly worshipped them as gods, much like the titans and destroyers they came into contact with before. Pyre Fierceshot knew the error in this, but was unable to convince the charr to fight against the demonic invaders... and the result was disastrous. Pyre's home... his former brethen were scorched in fires far more intense than any flame ever mastered by the Charr. The charr weren't extinct, however, as a few hundred or so remain, now under the command of Pyre and his warband.
Pyre often took upon himself the role of scout, planning out attacks for the resisting charr to carry out.
Play As: Pyre Fierceshot
Objective: Scout
Details-
This plays out a lot like Guild Wars, just not as graphically impressive or team-work based. You play in an MMORPG style level complete with the 480 point health bar of a level 20 character. You control Pyre Fierceshot, but you have a team of 7 other Charr (2 warriors, 2 elementalists, 2 monks, and one mesmer.) You attack from a distance as your pet and your 2 warriors take the bulk of the enemy forces on. Your elementalists basically nuke the crap out of everything with their wide-hitting ranged moves. Your monks heal and protect your group and can bring them back to life if necessary (though this move has a lot of beginning lag and isn't recommended for battle). Your mesmer helps you take down enemy monks and elementalists much more easily.
Your enemies are torment demons. They can really take a beating and some of them pose a serious threat... But in general if you take down your enemies in this order: Monks -> Elementalists -> Mesmers and other casters -> Everything else.... then you shouldn't have much problem.
This part ends when you discover Sam's group already fighting a large demon horde.
One of Pyre's warriors, Gron Fierceclaw, is confused by this sight.
Gron Fierceclaw: What should we do, Pyre.... attack the vile demons or the cursed humans?
Pyre: The humans may have been our enemy.... but atleast they didn't bring our civilization to ruin... We'll help them.
Level Two- Part Two~ Assault The Demons!
Play as: Sam Lionheart, Kelsey, Michael (Marth Clone), Zelos Wilder, Zelda, Link, Peach, Sain, Mario, Luigi, Bowser, Snake, Ike, Mia, Haar, Illyana, Calill, Bastian, Pyre Fierceshot
Objective- Destroy the demon horde (200 total)
Details-
This is really straightforward... its just not fast. You simply destroy 200 torment demons (the game is back in regular Brawl form), which can take a hit, but they don't dish out damage well for the most part. The stage is a scorched forest with walk-off edges. You can play as everyone in this match, so thats why there are so many foes to deal with.
Sam: Well... thanks for the help.
Pyre: We cooperate out of necessity.... don't think this makes us friends, meat.
Zelos: Well isn't this guy loads of fun?
Pyre: Fun is trivial... survival is the only issue now... Perhaps if we become allies, then we will all survive this.
Zelda: We're not exactly in the position to turn down help.
Link: SKRAHHHH!!!!
Zelos: *laughing* I couldn't have put it better myself.
Level Two- Part Three~ Leaving the Forests
To reach their destination, the group would have to leave these desecrated lands.
Play As: Sam, Kelsey, Michael (Marth Clone), Zelos Wilder, Zelda, Link, Peach, Sain, Mario, Luigi, Snake, Bowser, Ike, Mia, Bastian, Haar, Illyana, Calill, Pyre Fierceshot
Objective- Leave the forest
Details-
A traditional side-scrolling level. You'ld recognize much of it as being a scorched and defiled version of The Forest level in the real Brawl SSE. It is much longer however, and the enemies are, of course replaced with demons. This shouldn't be hard at all.
As the group starts to leave the forest, the would witness a horrifying sight. Their path is blocked by hundreds... nay thousands of demons, not only the imps and torment demons that they had fought earlier... but new frightnening types. They would surely never be able to punch through that with their current numbers...
Zelos: This is bad...
Sam: What do we do know?....
Pyre: What do you think we do, human? We find a way around this!
Zelda: *taking out her map* There is a path through the Shiverpeak mountains that should bring us into the desert... It will take a long time, but it will probably be much safer than this..
Pyre: Then that is our route.
Link: SKRAHHH!!!
Pyre: Such enthusiam...
End of Chapter 8.
Chapter 9- One Day At Band's Camp
At the end of the last chapter, Sam's group decided to head south towards the Shiverpeak Mountains. While this path would take longer, it would allow the group to head east through them and then head north into the desert through a mountain pass. Hopefully this way would be safer. Their remaining time in the forest wouldn't be boring either.
The band had travelled several miles from the danger at the forest edge. Hungry and tired, they set up camp.
The camp was a humble, but merry, scene. Simple tents where pitched and a campfire burned in the middle of the site. Over the fire hung a metal cooking pot in which a stew was boiling.
Sam: It's good, but it really needs some tators.
Zelos: What's tators?
S: PO-TA-TOES! You, know, boil em mash em stick em in a stew.
(Lol, sorry, I couldn't resist)
Z: Oh... (laughing stupidly) I knew that...
The meal is a typical scene for the heroes. Bowser and the other big characters devour their food hungrily. The rest of the cast, particularly the female characters, take a little while longer. The smell attracts a nearby Pikachu who runs in looking for a handout. It stops by Kelsey, who, smiling, hands the rodent a carrot. It chews on it, contentedly, as Kelsey pets it. Sam walks up, intent on being his usual self.
Sam: That was kind of you, as to be expected. Why can't you ever do that for me?
Kelsey: (a little annoyed, but in a generally good mood) .... you want a carrot? Okay.
She takes a carrot and shoves it in Sam's mouth.
S: (spitting the carrot out) Thats not what I had in mind...
K: I grow bored of slapping you.
S: So don't... How about just accepting me for once?
K: It doesn't matter how many times you ask. My answer will still be the same.
"Then maybe I need to change my technique," Sam thought to himself.
As the prince walks away, Bastian approaches him.
Bastian: The sorrowful sight of your lady dilemma hath caught mine eyes.
Sam: Why are you talking like that?
B: Thou must woo her with soft poetic words.
S: ... umm... sure... I'll be sure to try that. Thanks.
As Sam walks away from Bastian, he is approached by Bowser.
Bowser: I see you're having lady problems.
Sam: Eh, she'll come around.
Bowser: You don't need my help, then?
Sam: I didn't say that... what can you do for me?
Bowser: Just trust me. I'll take care of everything.
Sam is confused, but somewhat reassured. Night falls and the group decides to call it a day. Some people still need to stay awake and stand guard. He volunteers to be one of the guards. Those not on guard duty soon passed out. Bowser sneaks into Kelsey's tent. He picks up the young lady and carries her off. His footprints mark the path he took.
Part One- Kidnapping
Play As: Bowser
Objectives: Kidnap Kelsey
Details-
Okay, this is simple. You finally get to play a Mario-esque game through the perspective of Bowser, albeit only for one part. You make your way to the castle at the end of the level, fighting off demons along the way. Bowser is basically just Mario with a fire flower. If you get hit, you lose a stock. The demons basically act like Koopas that spit out fireballs across the screen occassionally. Due to your fireball power, this is certainly not Super Mario Frustration.
Sam is alerted to the kidnapping some time after. Seeing Bowser's footprints outside her tent, he becomes suspicious. When he opens up the tent, his suspicions are confirmed. She has been kidnapped!
Part Two- To The Rescue
Play As: Sam Lionheart
Objectives: Save Kelsey
Details-
Okay, now you are playing the same level through Sam's perspective. This time you can swing a sword with the "fireball button". Fight the demons on your way to the castle. At the end of the level you have to face Bowser the same way you do in a Mario game. Run under him as he jumps, flip the switch, and watch him fall in the fire.
After the level, a cutscene triggers.
Sam looks at Bowser angrily. Bowser gives a wink, causing Sam to give a smirk (he now understands what is happening). Sam goes in the for the fake finishing blow only to be beaten to the punch. Bowser is knocked out by Kelsey's foot. Sam, surprised for a moment, doesn't react for a second and then gives a big grin.
Sam: Sorry I didn't come earlier, babe.
Kelsey: You think you've earned the right to call me that?
S: *sigh* If you're playing hard to get, you're good at it.
K: I'm sorry.... thanks. Maybe there is some hope for you after all....
S: You sound like you've softened up a little. *smiling* Enough to let me escort you back to camp?
K: You can walk with me... but don't think of it as a service.
S: Heh... Well, thats a nice start.
K: Before we go... I'ld like to ask you a question.
S: Shoot.
K: Why are you so persistent?
S: Theres something about you I just like... Maybe I'm just loyal.
K: I see.
(She walks off and opens the door. As she leaves, her back is facing him.)
K: (whispering) .... don't stop chasing.
S: What was that?
K: ... nevermind.
(Sam smiles as he watches her walk out. His gaze turns to the unconcious Bowser.)
As Kelsey walks out, Sam picks up Bowser and carries the King of Koopas on his shoulder. Its far from easy, but somehow the prince manages.
The three make it back to camp to find that everyone is still asleep (except of course for the guards, who are unaware that they ever left.)
End of Chapter 9.
Chapter 10- High Ho, High Ho, Its Off To Hell We Go
Arc One- To the Mountains
It was morning and the sun rose. Lets take a look at another morning routine.
Peach: No... go back down... I need my beauty sleep.
Sain: Tell me about it.
Peach: .... *slap*
Sain: OUCH!
Luigi: Time for breakfast!
Mario: *holds up a bagel*
Luigi: Bagel!
Zelos: Maybe I can watch the ladies change....
Snake: Its safer to read a magazine.
Zelos: Is that the swimsuit edition?
Snake: You might say that.
Zelda: Good morning, Link.
Link: SKRAHHHH!!!
Zelda: I wish I could be a morning person like you.
Sam: *walking in to Kelsey's tent* Good morning.
Kelsey: What do you want?
Sam: Sorry... I didn't mean to intrude but its time to get up. We'll be heading out soon.
Michael: (looking into the horizon) Our destinities draw near...
Pyre Fierceshot: You aren't human, are you?
Michael: How do you know?
Pyre: You don't act human. Human emotions are obvious. You don't smell human either.
Michael: I'm sorry, but I can't tell you anything more than you already know... just that I am this group's guiding hand.
Pyre: Then that is enough. Guide us well. (Pyre walks off)
Michael: (looking towards the sky) Give me strength to cast away this darkness...
"Anxious" to get a move on, the team marched on. They were followed by the wild Pikachu. The Shiverpeak Pass was several miles south.
Part One- The Forest
Play As: Sam Lionheart, Kelsey, Michael (Marth Clone), Zelos Wilder, Peach, Sain, Zelda, Link, Snake, Mario, Luigi, Bowser, Ike, Mia, Bastian, Haar, Calill, Ilyana, Pyre Fierceshot
Objectives- Make It To The Shiverpeaks
Details- This looks a lot like a level from The Lord of the Rings: Return of the King game, except instead of Orcs, you fight demons. You explore and hack + slash your way through. Your moves are the same as they would be in Brawl, except that you cannot jump, your A button only performs tilts and the basic moves, and smashes are set to X/Y. A lot of enemies carry shields that you must break by using your smash attacks. Your damage % meter is replaced with a health bar that recovers when you use potions. Some demons are up high and can only be destroyed by projectile attacks.
The mountain pass is in sight, but there is a horrible sight along the way that the group cannot ignore.
Arc Two- Forest Creatures
It seems to be a peaceful day in the forest. The birds chirp. The beez buzz. You expect Bambi to show up any minute.... Then it happened.
A green creature dances around happily. Yoshi He looks up and his innocent eyes are filled with fright by a rumbling in the distance. The trees are literally burning to ashes behind him. The birds are flying away and many innocent animals are being chased by demons. Jigglypuff, Pichu, Doggy and Bear and Chocobo are among the fleeing creatures. Yoshi turns tail and flees as fast as his stubby legs can take him.
Part One- Run Meat Run
Play As: Yoshi, Chocobo, Jigglypuff, Doggy and Bear, Pichu
Objectives: RUN!!!
Details- This is simple. You run from a large hunting group of demon scum. Along your path, however their are smaller groups of demons, many of which are archers that hunt from the trees above. I recommend playing as the quick little Chocobo or Pichu. Their small statures and fast movement speeds will really help with both dodging arrows and running away from the enemies. The end goal is to not get caught by the chasing group or killed by the enemies along the way for 2 minutes.
The animals head towards the only potentially safe place, the Shiverpeaks. Unfortunately, the way is blocked by a lazy Snorlax who refuses to move. Four more pokemon, Breloom, Espeon, Smeargle and Tyrogue stand in front of the sleeping Snorlax, ready to fight the incoming demons. Cornered and without any other option, the frightened animals fight back.
Part Two- Cornered Critters
Play As: Yoshi, Jigglypuff, Chocobo, Doggy and Bear, Pichu, Breloom, Tyrogue, Smeargle, Espeon (no not Snorlax)
Objectives: Survive 3 minutes
Details:
Pretty self-explanatory... you fight an unlimited supply of demons and torment demons for 2 minutes. Is the best defense really a good offense?
The creatures are tired and the demons are many. It would appear as though it were lights out for them, until Sam's group comes to the rescue.
Part Three- Animal Rights
Play As: Sam Lionheart, Kelsey, Michael (Marth Clone), Zelos Wilder, Zelda, Peach, Sain, Link, Mario, Luigi, Snake, Bowser, Ike, Mia, Bastian, Calill, Ilyana, Haar, Pyre Fierceshot, Pikachu, Yoshi, Jigglypuff, Chocobo, Doggy and Bear, Pichu, Breloom, Tyroque, Espeon, Smeargle
Objectives- Survive 7 Minutes
Details:
Again, simple. Your group has basically just doubled in size and the time has increased accordingly.
The demons just keep coming. They are really intent on purging this forest, aren't they?
The sound of the battles brought Snorlax out of his sleep. Angry, the fat bear gets up, walks over to the demons and starts slashing away at them with his giant claws. The animals take this opportunity to run like hell through the mountains. Sam's group doesn't wish to leave the "heroic" Snorlax, but they aren't left with much choice. They are somewhat at ease when they see the Snorlax unphased by his attackers.
So the group, now much larger, thanks to what was apparently a speech from Pikachu to the forest creatures causing them to join, heads into the Shiverpeak Mountains. It will be safer than a direct path into the desert, but it will still be a dangerous path without a doubt.
Cutscene- The Sandbags
A rift opens up at the former campsite of Sam's group. Aeon is the first to step out. He is followed by Kibble, Warlord, K. Rool, and Chris Lionheart in that order. Chris rubs his shoulder, still in pain from that thrashing he received earlier.
Chris: Where has the thief gone.
Aeon casts his hand forming a rift in every direction, each acting like a mirror to a different part of the world.
Aeon: He has headed east, towards the desert.
Warlord: Then lets use one of your rifts to get to the bast*** and be done with it.
Aeon: That won't work. If we attempt to use a rift near him, the villain could simply use Megiddo to close it. Our only option is to chase him.
Warlord: Just lovely... what an underdetailed plan...
Kibble: We must do this for the good of everyone.
Chris: *Stretching* Then lets see how far this body of mine can take me.
K. Rool: Iago, why don't you fly overhead. Warn us of any dangers ahead. (He stretches his arm out and Iago flies into the sky.)
Cutscene- Brothers In Hell
This next cutscene gives you a glimpse of Hell itself, a horrible burning place. Two mysterious figures are shown, one burning in the lake of fire, the other standing on the cliff overhead.
Unknown (1): Brother, this fire... Why does it burn me so? Am I not its master?
Unknown (2): At one time, yes you were its master, brother.... but God has punished you. Your soul has been split in half, as has your power. But worry not... you will rise again. A man under my control is bringing your sword... your soul. With it, you shall once again be mighty..... and all the world shall burn.
(1): Does Hades know of our plot?
(2): He remains blistfully ignorant. And once you are back, it will cease to matter. Our combined might will destroy him.
End of Chapter 10.
Chapter 11- The Shiverpeak Mountains
The Shiverpeak Mountains... a freezing wonderland of ice and snow. This realm is ruled by the centaurs, the minotaurs, the frost giants, and the tengu (a race of flightless avian humanoids). It is not uncommon to find the bodies of these races lying on the ground left over from a skirmish. Perhaps the greatest threat of all is a rebel group of dwarves... the Stone Summit. They are cruel and seek to enslave all other forms of life, including their more righteous brothers, King Jalis's dwarves. There are but three friendly groups in the Shiverpeaks... the dwarves loyal to King Jalis, the Norn (half human half bear race similar to the Laguz), and the human Vanguard who wars with Pyre's people. Due to the prescense of Pyre in their team, the heroes wish to avoid confrontation with the last of the groups. While en route to the desert region, the group is going to appeal to the other 2 factions for aid.
Arc One- The Dwarves
Their first destination would be Droknar's Forge, the capital of the dwarven kingdom. It lies a short distance southwest of their entry point. Here, the group might gain an audience with King Jalis himself. Many great weapons and armors, far beyond that of most human equipment, are forged here. So the group marches on, each person cloaked in a white cloak which blends into the snow.
Sam: (looks over at Kelsey. She is clearly freezing. Her cheeks are already turning blue) Here... take my coat.
Kelsey: Won't you be cold?
S: You're concerned?
K: I don't want to burden another.
S: Thats very kind of you. Don't worry about me... A little cold won't get to me. (He takes off his coat and covers her with it. She smiles and blushes just a little, but it is barely visible due to the blueness of her cheeks.)
K: Thank you.
Pyre: If you two lovebirds are finished then lets GET MOVING. (A little smirk is on Sam's face as he rubs the back of his head a little embarassed. Kelsey is annoyed. If Pyre wasn't so fiercesome, Kelsey would have probably tried to fight.)
Part One- To The Forge
Play As: Sam Lionheart, Kelsey, Michael (Marth Clone), Zelos Wilder, Peach, Sain, Zelda, Link, Mario, Luigi, Bowser, Snake, Pyre Fierceshot, Pikachu, Yoshi, Pichu, Chocobo, Jigglypuff, Doggy and Bear, Breloom, Tyrogue, Espeon, and Smeargle
Objectives: Make it to Droknar's Forge
Details-
Ok this is a simple side-scrolling mission. This section of the shiverpeaks is home mainly to the centaurs. They move quickly. Their groups consist of swordsmen, archers, and healers. Take out the healers ASAP. This level isn't really that long. Easy.
The group has arrived at Droknar's Forge, only to find it under Summit control. A single loyalist scout approaches the group. He tells them that their King lead a large regiment of troops to Thunderhead Keep to crush his brother, the leader of the Stone Summit. Due to this, Droks was left unguarded and was soon taken by the Summit.
The only path to Thunderhead Keep required that the group traverse through the Ice Caves of Sorrow and then to the Iron Mines of Moladune. Both of these realms were dangerous. The Ice Caves were well guarded by the Stone Summit. The Iron Mines were home to all of the savage races. A Stone Summit base guards the entrance to Thunderhead.
Part Two- The Ice Caves of Sorrow
Play As: Sam Lionheart, Kelsey, Michael (Marth Clone), Zelos Wilder, Peach, Zelda, Link, Sain, Mario, Luigi, Snake, Bowser, Pyre Fierceshot, Pikachu, Yoshi, Pichu, Jigglypuff, Chocobo, Doggy and Bear, Breloom, Tyrogue, Espeon, Smeargle
Objectives- Get through the Caves of Sorrow.
Details-
This level is just like playing Guild Wars, an awesome cooperation based MMORPG. You choose 8 party members, one of which you control and the remaining 7 being controlled by other players or computers. Each character auto-attacks enemies by selecting them with the C-Stick when they are in radar range and pressing the A-Button. They have a set of 8 skills which are used by pressing your special buttons, X, Y, Z, and L/R. There is no jump function.
Sam Lionheart takes the skill bar of a typical Axe Warrior. Kelsey is a frontline Assassin who racks up damage very quickly but can't take much of a beating. Michael plays the role of a Sword Warrior. Zelos is a WAME, the infamous Warrior/Elementalist who fights using a noobish set (in other words not a good character). Peach plays the role of a healer, blowing kisses and hearts to heal allies. Zelda is an Elementalist, nuking the crap out of everything. Link plays the role of a Sword Warrior + Archer hybrid. Sain is a Paragon, using a javelin to attack from a distance and buffing and sometimes healing the team with shouts. Mario and Luigi are flare Elementalists (Elementalists who spam the worst single target spell in the game). Snake is a Ranger of sorts, using a gun as the equivalent of a Bow and his mines working as traps. Bowser is a "tank" Warrior with a sword style bar. Pyre Fierceshot is a beast mastery and marksmanship Ranger. Pikachu and Pichu are air (thunder) Elementalists. Jigglypuff is a healer, keeping allies in good spirits with her songs. Chocobo is a hit and run Assassin. Doggy and Bear play the role of Warriors with their strength divided in half (basically the IC's). Breloom is an assassin, performing deadly melee comboes occassionally. Tyrogue is a defensive, or tactics, Warrior. Espeon is a Domination Mesmer, confusing melee enemies and destroying spellcasting enemies. Smeargle is an Illusion Mesmer, buffing the team or hindering foes by manipulating reality. Get used to this mode, as it will be the one you use for the remainder of the level.
The strategy is usually simple. Destroy the enemies' healers, followed by the elementalists and other casters, then ending with the warriors and rangers. This level does however possess the annoyance of Catapults which deal out about 100 damage and flinching to a wide radius.
Each character has a health bar of 480 (500 for Warriors), which regenerates slowly, but at an increasing rate, while not in battle, and a certain amount of armor. Casters (elementalists, healers, and mesmers) have 0 armor, taking the full damage of attacks. Rangers have 10 armor vs. everything, reducing damage taken by about 10% and 30 armor vs. elemental, reducing damage from elemental spells by an additional 30%. Warriors have 20 armor vs. everything and an additional 20 vs. weapon damage. Paragons have 20 armor vs. everything. Assassins have 10 armor vs. everything. If someone dies, Peach or Jigglypuff will auto-ressurect them when the battle is over. Every character has a single use ressurect as the last skill in their bar. It will ressurect the nearest dead team member if there are any. If there are none in reach, it will say "Failed" and you will keep your usage.
About half way through, you can find an Ursaring fighting with Stone Summit Dwarves. If you rescue it, it joins your team permanently. It is a warrior tank like Bowser. Unlike Bowser, Ursaring uses a more "hammer-like" skillset.
This level ends when you get to the very end. It is immediately followed by the Iron Mines.
Part Three- The Iron Mines of Moladune
Playable Characters- ... do I really have to. Everyone from the last mission + Ursaring if you recruited it.
Objective- Get through The Iron Mines of Moladune
Details-
Like the last mission this one is like Guild Wars and your characters haven't changed a bit. Basically just head Northeast for the most part, fighting Centaurs, Frost Giants, and Minotaurs along the way. When you get to the end there is a large Stone Summit base. It will require that you attract smaller groups towards yourself and then run a safe distance away so you can take one part at a time.
The group has finally arrived at Thunder Head Keep, home of the Stone Summit. Jalis is already laying siege on it. Lets help him out.
Part Four- Thunder Head Keep
Play As: Everyone in Sam's group.
Objective- Purge Thunder Head Keep. *Jalis must survive.
Details-
Okay, once again. This is like the similar mission in Guild Wars, with a few differences. The first half of the mission is done solo. You fight Stone Summit dwarves and their enslaved Frost Giants. Once you get inside the throne of the keep, you will find Jalis's dwarves attacking a group of dwarves lead by his brother, an elementalist sub-boss of sorts who is riding a dragon. Jalis's group alone is no match, despite having equal size. Destroy the normal enemies first then kill Jalis's brother. Be as quick as possible so that you don't lose to allied troops.
After this a cutscene plays in which the Ice Climbers climb to the top of the keep and join your group. Nana plays the role of a water (Ice) Elementalist. Popo plays the role of a Hammer Warrior. The great thing about them is that you get two for the price of one. =D
Afterwards you get a bit of an OS moment. The Summit Dwarves outside the keep are pissed. Jalis will run up to the throne, a top section that can be reached by two stairs. You must now defend the keep, which has 2 entrances. The entrances are guarded by the allied dwarves, who are split as close to 50/50 (depending on how many survived the last fight) as possible, with prevalence given to the more difficult left side. To win, you must defeat waves of enemies ASAP. Don't waste any time, otherwise you will be overwhelmed and Jalis will be owned. An easier alternate strategy is to guard Jalis directly at all times. Your team will take priority when the foe chooses targets. Once all the waves are defeated, you win!
Jalis: I have never seen non-Dwarves fight with such bravery. Tell me why are you here?
Pyre: We seek aid from the dwarves. All hell has broken lose in our regions and it will soon spread here if we do nothing.
Jalis: You have aided me in my fight against the Summit. For that, you have my aid. I will spare you some regiments of Dwarven troops.
Sam: One more thing... Droknar's Forge has been overrun.
Jalis: WHAT!
Pyre: I'm afraid its true. The Stone Summit must have split its force and taken Droks antipating your assasult here.
Jalis: Then I must return at once.
Zelos: You weren't doing so well here... are you sure you can take the forces there?
Jalis: Without their leader, the Summit is crippled. They will not be able to stand up to my might.
*Okay, now you have gained some more troops. They don't normally appear in missions, except for two dwarves, Hadhod from The Third Agers moveset and Ogden Stonehealer, a Guild Wars character. They aren't playable characters, rather acting as an AI controlled allies and guides.
Arc Two- The Norn and the Vanguard
The Norn, a laguz-like race, resides north of Thunderhead Keep. They are normally neutral to humans. Norns prize strength above everything, so to rise in their ranks you must be a mighty warrior or a great hunter. Norns are large, being about twice the size of a human and can turn into a mighty bear. The strength of the Norn is necessary if you want to continue.
As Sam's group enters Norn territory, they meet a female norn named Jora. She tells the group of the dangers here and that they should turn back. She tells them of her curse. An evil power robbed her of her ability to turn into a bear and it turned her brother into a bloodthirsty monster, the Nornbear. She has taken it upon herself to hunt her brother alone. When the group insists on moving forward, Jora informs them of the nearby Vanguard base. They would be able to take refuge there. And so... the group sets its sights on the Ebon Vanguard base, a large tower.
Pyre, not wanting to catch the Vanguard's attention, seperates from the group and heads to the Norn camps.
Part One- Finding the Vanguard
Play As: Sam's group (except for Pyre)
Objective- Find the Vanguard Tower
Details-
Another Guild Wars mission, this one actually being only a few minutes in length. The enemies include large frost worms, tunneling mandragors, and tengu, with the last being the smartest and most difficult to defeat. The tower is huge... you can't miss it.
When the group approaches the tower, a forcefield appears around them.
Sam: What is going on!
Zelda: It would appear to be a barrier.
Zelos: Such primitive technology. Watch and learn. (Zelos's sword glows and he slashes the barrier. It dissappears.) Tethe'allan technology for the win!
Unknown: Impressive work... now don't move.
A young woman walks up, surrounded by Vanguard soldiers.
Unknown: My name is Gwen You should be glad that you aren't charr. I would have killed you by now. What are you doing here?
Sam: We seek aid from the Vanguard. There are demons from the desert up north who are spreading to engulf this world. Soon, not even this region will be safe.
Gwen: There is no proof of your claim, boy. Because of this, I cannot authorize you a full force. I will, however, grant you the aid of one of our most impressive new recruits.
A gray haired man walks up with a dagger. He has a very assassin like appearance. Skyler Ocon
Skyler Ocon: I will accompany you... but if you are lying then you will have to answer to me.
A bit disappointed with the lack of Vanguard forces, the group goes to the Norn domain to meet back up with Pyre. On the way they talk with Skyler. He explains that he really has nothing against the Charr in particular. He was seperated from his group in the Shiverpeaks and the Vanguard found him unconcious some time later. He has been working with them since.
The group is attacked by the Nornbear along the way. It appears literally out of nowhere and nearly tears some of the group to shreads. When the group attacks it, it vanishes as quickly as it had appeared.
Zelda: So that must be the Nornbear.... We may want to help Jora on this one.
Zelos: If it wins us the assistance of those big hairy freaks we call Norn than sure.
Part Two- Tracking the Nornbear
Play As: Sam's group (except for Pyre)
Objectives: Find Jora. Track the Nornbear
Details-
Again. This is a Guild Wars mission. Skyler is now another playable character. He is an Assassin/Mesmer who uses illusions to slow the foe down and then close in for a deadly dagger combo. As with other assassins, it is often a good idea to run out of the frontlines until your combo recharges.
Your first objective is to find Jora, who isn't to far from the starting point. You then go around looking for the Nornbear and are repeatedly ambushed by it. When you fight back, it disappears again. Along the way, you have to fight centaurs, tengu, mandragors, and frost giants.
After the 3rd encounter, a cutscene plays. A wolven is flying overhead. Its pilot is blinded by the snowstorms and crashes almost right next to your group. The pilot jumps out and, seeing your group, soon starts to shoot you. Wolf. He is then attacked by the Nornbear. Your group assists him and the Nornbear disappears again. Wolf sniffs the air and then bolts, apparently chasing the invisible monster. Sam's group follows Wolf's animal instincts.
Wolf attacks the air and the Nornbear is revealed.
Boss Battle- The Nornbear
Play As: Sam's Group (Excluding Pyre and Wolf)
Ally NPC: Jora (uses Ike's skillbar but much weaker. Is invinceable), Wolf (Wolf is invinceable but doesn't deal much damage)
Notes- Despite the Guild Wars format of this chapter, this is actually a Smash style boss.
Health- 3 times that of a normal boss. (lets call a normal boss 1000%, as that is what I'm using as the basis for the boss set)
Size- Twice the height of Ike.
Mobile- Yes, very
Difficulty- Medium-High
Attacks:
Claw- A basic claw attack. Fairly quick and somewhat hard to predict. Deals 5...10% damage and very low... low knockback.
Charging Spirit- The Nornbear runs very fast across the stage and knocks down everyone in its way, an effect similar to tripping. Has a predictable start up animation in which he snorts and you can see his breath. This deals 10...25% damage.
Shattered Spirit- The Nornbear releases a large energy wave across the stage dealing 1% damage for every 100% the Nornbear has taken and one rank of knockback (very low, low, medium, good, great, high, very high, OHKO) for every 300% damage the Nornbear has taken. Can be avoided by sidestepping.
Spirit Roar- The Nornbear roars, rearing back its head first. This works like one of MasterWarlord's shouts. Anyone within half of Final Destination length takes 20...30% damage and no knockback. Shield to prevent.
Spirit World Retreat- The Nornbear attempts to disappear again. Wolf immediately leaps out and lands an attack on the Nornbear dealing 100% damage to it and revealing it again. FAIL.
Unseen Agression- When Wolf attacks the Nornbear, the Nornbear unleashes his claws on Wolf. Wolf may be invinceable, but your not. If you were in the reach of the claws, then you take 20...50% damage and good...high knockback.
Strategy-
Be as aggressive as possible. Learn its subtle attack signals especially for Shattered Spirit and Spirit Roar. The more damage you deal, the more often the Nornbear will use Spirit World Retreat, allowing Wolf to take a nice chunk out of its health. Just make sure you avoid Wolf when this happens.
After beating The Nornbear, a cutscene plays.
Svanir (the Nornbear): You are a pathetic excuse for a Norn, Jora.
Jora: It ends here. Sorry, Svanir. YAAA!!! (Jora stabs Svanir and kills him.)
His wolven destroyed and with nowhere to really turn, Wolf joins your group. His allegiance is out of necessity only, but he does prove to be useful.
The group heads to the main Norn camp. Pyre is waiting there. Due to Skyler's lack of hatred towards Charr, and him not being under the Vanguard's eye, Skyler does not attack Pyre. The group gains an audience with some of the more prestigious Norn (Norn do not have leaders or kings, merely champions and legends). The Norn do not have armies... each of them fights for himself and each is mighty. Some of the Norn, including Jora (who still can't become a bear), do volunteer to join the Nintendan Liberation Army (lol) as Sam's group is now called. The norn's assistance does not come do to concern for the immenent danger, but rather a desire to hunt the demons. Why argue over the details though. The Army now has a valuable ally in the Norn.
Their destination drawing ever closer, the Liberators leave the Shiverpeaks.
End of Chapter 11.
Chapter 12- Chasing Megiddo
As we last left off on Aeon's group's journey, they had just arrived at the former Nintendan Liberation Army Camp (back in the forest). They wasted no time in beginning their pursuit of the hooded theif.
Part One- To The Forest Edge
Play As: Chris Lionheart, MasterWarlord, King K. Rool, SirKibble, Chief Mendez, Aeon, Iago (yes the Sandbags are split into individual characters)
Objectives- Leave The Forest
Details-
Okay this is going to look really familiar, as it is basically something the main group has already done. This time, the demon scourge has gained more influence and greater numbers. So expect more fighting for your travel. There are no longer any trees either, as they have been burned. Just make it from the camp to the forest edge (where Sam's group saw the demon army and made the decision to go through the Shiverpeaks).
After that little level, a cutscene plays, reminiscient of the one Sam's group had here.
K. Rool: Wow... thats a lot of demons.
Aeon: Indeed. We are heading towards the heart of all this. Don't expect it to be easy. One of you may not survive this journey.
Mendez: Somehow, that doesn't sound comforting coming from a master of time.
Chris: Let us hope Aeon isn't prophesizing then. If one of us is to die, I hope it be none of you.
MasterWarlord: Death in battle is the greatest honor to a Spartan.
Aeon: I thought you said that was a bad plan.
MasterWarlord: ..... did I, now?
Aeon: Unfortunately, there is no way around it. This is where our theif has headed. The corruption here is causing my power to fade.
Chris: Great how things work out, aint it?
MasterWarlord: Bah! Lets just cut our way through these demonic bast****s and be done with it!
SirKibble: Sounds like a plan to me. We have to do something to help these poor people afterall.
Chris: (drawing Faust from his hip sheathe) Ready?
All: CHARGE!
Part Two- Heroic Charge
Play As: Chris Lionheart, MasterWarlord, SirKibble, Chief Mendez, King K. Rool, Aeon, Iago
Objectives: Kill 1000 Demons
Details-
This is reminiscient of one of the most epic moments in Kingdom Hearts.... the 1000 enemy battle. It works a lot like that to, as aerials will allow you to finish this more quickly. You pick one of the above characters to play as, each using his Smash Bros. moveset. To lose this match, you don't get knocked out, you lose all of your stamina (which is also 1000, with enemy attacks doing somewhere between 10-20 damage). All of the characters you don't choose will be helping you in the form of weak, but invinceable CPU allies. Their damage output is utter crap, but their presence on the field helps you defensively. The demons will often try to pelt you with fireballs, so keep moving. Its really easier than it sounds, though its harder than the Kingdom Hearts equivalent.
As a reward for beating that level, a movie cutscene plays giving you an epic representation of the battle. Its quality is comparable to that of the last battle of the Lord of the Rings.
As Warlord smites the last demon, he screams "VICTORY IS OURS!!!!" Everyone replies by raising their weapons into the air and cheering. Iago, of course can't raise his weapons but his does raise his wings. His shouting is excessive and annoying.
Iago: YEAHHH!!! WE ARE THE WINNERS! THEY ARE THE LOSERS! WE KICKED THEIR ***!!!
K. Rool: Shut up, Iago.
Aeon: It doesn't end here. But we have battled long and hard. Night is drawing nigh and it is time to rest.
Chris: But won't the enemy escape?
Aeon: I still have some power left... not enough to warp us... but enough to set up a slow zone.
Mendez: Slow Zone?
Aeon: An area where time goes at a different rate. You could get a full 8 hours rest there in only a second of real time.
Mendez: This is starting to sound like a bad science-fiction movie.... but do it.
Aeon casts his hand into the sky. A blue barrier forms around the group, encasing a few hundred feet.
That night, Chris stayed up. He was weak. He knew... he would have to train if he were to have any hope of survival. He left his tent and swung his sword, pretending to be attacking an invisible opponent. Beads of sweat dripped down his face as he grew tired. It had been a long time since he had rigorously trained. He could still remember how to fight, how to perform every technique fromf his younger years... but he lacked the stamina and the strength he once had.
Unknown: Shouldn't you be calling it a night, old man?
Chris: Oh, its you Warlord... heh I'm not that old yet.
MasterWarlord: (MasterWarlord walks out of the shadows. He already has his axe drawn. He is using it like a walking-cane.) I couldn't help but hear you spar. You breathe through your mouth when you are exhausted.
Chris: I was trying not to wake anyone. A bit of sword practice will help me a lot more than a good night's sleep.
MasterWarlord: Training with yourself won't help you much. You need an opponent. Tell me.. can you stand up to the might of a Spartan?
Chris: A Valian hero like me stand up to a Spartan? I'm afraid you won't be able to keep up.
MasterWarlord: Have at thee then.
Part Three- Spartan v. Valian Round One
Play As: Chris Lionheart
Opponent: MasterWarlord
Objective- Survive 2 minutes.
You can't even scratch him with your current strength. Just stay alive for 2 minutes. Have fun with that. The match is played on a flat battlefield with walk-off edges. The blue barrier is visible in the background. An interesting effect of this match is that it is in Slow Mode (1/2 speed).
MasterWarlord: Come on...you'll have to do better than that.
Part Four- Spartan v. Valian Round Two
Play As: MasterWarlord
Opponent: Chris Lionheart
Objective- Defeat the opponent
Details-
Its a simple 300% stamina match on the same field as before. This match is in slow mode (1/2 speed).
MasterWarlord: You're good... but you lack power. I claim victory.
Chris: (gasping for air) You can have it... phew I'm not the warrior I once was.
MasterWarlord: I would have loved to fight you in your prime, but even as you are, you are a truly respectable warrior. Who taught you?
Chris: My uncle mostly... but some of it was self-taught. Are all Spartans so powerful?
MasterWarlord: As powerful as me? Nay. But they are a mighty bunch indeed.
Chris: Well... This old man needs to hit the hay. Nice fight.
MasterWarlord: Indeed it was. G'night.
(The two shake hands. There is a mutual respect between them. Chris walks off.)
Behind Warlord, outside the barrier a dark figure appears. Warlord turns around.
Warlord: Who are you?
The dark figure wastes no words. It pulls out a sword.
Warlord: You just watched me fight and you want in? Have it your way. (MasterWarlord lifts his mighty axe over his head and charges at the opponent.)
End of Chapter 12.
Chapter 13- Scorching Sands
The Nintendan Liberation Army now sets foot into the Crystal Desert, so named because each grain of sand is like a tiny crystal. Once thought of as being uninhabitable, this region now is home to an important Foxhound base and the Hidden Sand Village. How well these bits of civilization have held out against the demon threat is unknown. The worst is expected, but still the group will stop by these landmarks if only to set up camp.
*Keep in mind that the timelines for this level are just a bit screwy. The Sand Village and Foxhound arcs are happening at relatively the same time while the Nintendan Liberation Army traverses the scorching desert sands.*
Peach: Its so hot... I'm getting sweaty.
Zelos: Who cares about you... I'm to good to burn out here. (Peach tries to slap Zelos, but she is weak and her arm simply limps down.)
Snake: Now would probably be a good time to give you your army canteens.
Zelos: Why the hell did you let us thirst for this long?
Snake: Because it was fun. *chuckling* Heres your water.
Pyre: You humans and your weaknesses...
Part 1- Traversing the Desert
Play As: Everyone in Sam's group.
Objectives: Get to the Sand Village.
Details-
This is actually like a hyrbrid of a Tales of Vesperia level with a traditional hack n slash. Travel the desert sands attacking the cacti to refresh your group's canteens. A blue gauge in the right side of the map shows how much water your group has left. While finding your destination, you must also keep your group hydrated. Should the gauge reach 0, your group is knocked unconcious, and the mission must be restarted. Larger cacti hold more water. Unlike the actual Tales level however, the combat is more hack n slash-ish, with non-aerial brawl moves instead of completely generic ones. Strangely enough, you can actually be knocked into the horizon like in Smash when your damage percentage gets high enough to allow enemy knockback. Your hp heals as the water guage decreases, as the water maintains your vitality as well. Enemies consist primarily of the demons you have already fought, though new types such as fast moving hellhounds and powerful doom guards from Warcraft 3 have joined the enemy ranks.
Sand Village Arc
The Ninja Village Hidden in the Sand was particularly hard hit by the demons. Its forces have managed to hold the town, but the people are trapped and hope fades. Only with Gaara's might have the Sand Ninjas even held out this long. Before becoming completely trapped, a messenger was sent to Konoha requesting aid. This aid has arrived in the form of some of Konoha's most promising young genin and their troop leader, Kakashi.
Sand Scout: Here comes Hell.
Gaara: (giving an insane face) Then lets send them back where they belong! With the power of Shukaku I will destroy them. (An aura of Sand forms around Gaara as he sends out an army of sand "creatures" to fight the demons.
Part One- The Sand Hokage
Play As: Gaara
Objectives- Hold out for 30 minutes.
Details-
I know what you're thinking... thats one hell of a goal. Its not really that bad. You have to keep the entire town from being destroyed by demons that enter through its multiple entrances. Each entrance has sand ninja guards that you want to protect and you also whip up "living sand" at regular intervals (every 5 minutes) to re-enforce these defenses. The invading demons come in waves of 5 or more, usually consisting of 2 hell hounds, and 3 torment demons with one of the torment demons in each group being replaced by a doom guard from the half point onwards. This level is basically just an adaptation on Brawl, similar to a side-scroller, but rather its an explorable level with a mini-map so you don't get lost. The map even tells you where the enemies are coming from.
(Meanwhile in the forests seperating Konoha and the Hidden Sand Village)
Kakashi Hatake, Naruto, Sasuke, Kiba and Akamaru and Shikamaru Nara are dashing through the trees quickly making their way to the Sand Village. While they are moving, they also talk.
Kakashi: We aren't far off now.
Naruto: If we win here, I will be hokage someday BELIEVE IT.
Sasuke: You realize I want to shank you every time you say that **** catch phrase, right?
Shikamaru: Whatever...
Sasuke: And what the **** is up with you? You're have no emotions!
Shikamaru: I'ld prefer not to be an emo, unlike some people.
Sasuke: What was that?!
Kiba: Shikamaru's right. Right buddy?
Akamaru: Arf!
Sasuke: .....
Kakashi: Stop fighting amongst yourselves. We're not far now..... hey whats going on?
Shikamaru: Demons are burning the trees!
Kakashi: Quick... lets get out of here.
Part Two- Through the Trees
Play As: Kakashi Hatake, Naruto, Sasuke, Kiba and Akamaru, Shikamaru Nara
Objectives: Get through the forest. Race against clock (5 minutes)
Details:
Ok so you are dashing on top of trees and whatnot. You have to find a way through and fast. The trees are being burned and chopped down. If you fall down to the bottom, that character is "killed" by demons, causing you to lose a stock. You have 5 minutes to escape, though only about 3 minutes minimum are necessary.
(Ok now both Gaara's mission and the Konoha mission end at the same time and the ninjas join forces).
Naruto: Gaara!
Shikamaru: The greetings can wait... demons are closing in on us fast.
Part Three- Non-Canon Naruto
Play As: Gaara, Kakashi Hitake, Naruto, Sasuke, Kiba and Akamaru, Shikamaru Nara
Objectives: Hold out for another 30 minutes.
Details:
Ok this is basically just a variation on part 1 of this arc. You pick one character to play as. You then assign the remaining characters to guard the 4 (+ shaped) exits. The top exit is where the worst of it happens, so you would probably want to assign 2 characters to guard it and 1 for each of the others. At the last minute, the enemy sends their best, a truly devastating force, at the north entrance. This is why you assign to here. You still have Sand ninjas and living sand (living sand is refreshed every 5 minutes) to guard each entrance. The enemy groups are a bit larger now, each being 6 members (2 hellhounds, 3 torment demons, 1 doom guard). The last group is invinceable... but you must be able to hold out until the 30 minutes are over.
(The Nintendan Liberation Army has now arrived through the South entrance. They run through the town towards the large northern group and help the ninjas take them down.)
Part Four- Last Wave
Play As: Sam's Group and all the Naruto characters.
Objectives: Purge the demons!
Details:
That invinceable group aint so invinceable any more. Pick one character to give them hell, the rest will be computer controlled allies. There are about 50 or so enemies in this group, but except for the Doom Guards, they aren't really that tough.
Sam: Are you lot a'ight?
Gaara: Whats with the accent?
Zelos: Its just the way he is.... really laid-back.
Sam: Looks like we came at just the right time.
Kakashi: About a half hour ago would have been nice to. What brings you here?
Snake: We're here to put an end to this crap. There is a Foxhound base nearby. As soon as we stop there for re-enforcements we are heading to Hell to stop this.
Kakashi: I would like to come along. What about you, genins?
Naruto: BELIEVE IT!
Sasuke: I will if I don't have to listen to that catchphrase again.
Shikamaru: Whatever...
Kiba: LET'S GO AKAMARU!
Akamaru: WOOF!
Gaara: I would like to come along, but I'm needed here.
Sand Ninjas: We want you to go, hokage. Don't worry about us. We can hold out for a while longer.
Gaara: I will be back soon. (Gaara whips up a bunch more sand creatures and posts them around the entrances.)
Sam: Let's go then.
Foxhound Arc
The Foxhound base was even closer to the heart of Hell. Fortunately, it was much better fortified. Its troops were well trained and it had even enlisted the help of others. It could hold out for a while. Still, time is of the essence when every second could mean another dead soldier.
Snake: (On Codec) Just hold out a while longer. We're on our way.
Octacon: (On Codec) Can do.
Announcement: All troops to the gate. WE HAVE A BREECH!
Snake: (On Codec) .... good job.
AI Colonel: Snake.
Snake: Oh hey, Colonel. What do you need?
AI Colonel: Could you order some pizza while your on your way here?
Snake: What? Thats it I'm hanging up. *leaves*
AI Colonel: Snake? Snake? SNAAAAAAKKKKEEEE!!!!
(Foxhound has hired outside forces to aid in its defense. Among them are Megaman, Protoman, Crono, and others.)
Part One- Defending Foxhound Round One
Play As: Megaman, Protoman, Crono
Objectives: Hold Out 15 Minutes
Details:
Pick a character. The other two will guard the door automatically (unless played by other humans). You now do the same thing you did in Gaara's mission. The difference is that there is only one entrance, less time, and lots more enemies. You'll definitely have to play defensively. After 10 minutes, a cutscene plays, showing Zero in Ciel's Resistance Base. Using the warp portal, he appears in front of Protoman and immediately, and skillfully, slashes an entire line of enemies. He isn't playable at this time, but it sure does help to have another CPU ally, especially as the waves get even tougher to face.
After this level, a cutscene plays. Sam's group has the Foxhound Base in sight. It is completely flooding with enemies. How could they possibly defeat this force? Luck shined on them. Fatman, on his skates, races towards the demonic battalion with a bomb vest strapped to his body. A couple seconds later, he suicide bombs, taking a majority of the demons with him. He would be known as the greatest bomber in history, and more importantly, this fight just became a hell of a lot easier.... and what is this? The remaining demons are fleeing. Well we can't just let them live, can we?
Part Two- Its Demon Season
Play As: Sam's Group (now including the ninjas), Foxhound Defenders (Zero, Megaman, Protoman, Crono)
Objectives: Hunt down the demon scourge!
Details-
How odd... this time the enemy is the one defending itself. The enemies appear in scattered remnants, groups of 1-3 enemies. This isn't really challenging so much as it is annoying, as you have to find them to kill them. There are no enemies in the Foxhound base. You can only pick one character, the rest are left behind. This follows the same basic play style as the ones you have been playing in the Sand Village (minus the defense part).
Arc Three- The Halberd
(these events are happening at roughly the same time as the Foxhound battle)
In times of crises, even worst enemies can become allies. This was true for the Dream Land characters. Kirby, Metaknight, King Dedede, The Super Star Helpers, Capsule J2, The Halberd Crew.
Even when flying in the Halberd, the group wasn't necessarily safe.
*BOOM*
Metaknight: What was that?
Captain Vul: We have a breech. The right wing has been hit.
Metaknight: They will have to FIGHT ME!
Part One- Battle Aboard the Halberd
Play As: Kirby, Metaknight, King Dedede, The Super Star Helpers, Capsule J2 Halberd Crew (except for Vul who is piloting the ship), Kawasaki
Objectives: Give Them Hell
Details:
Ok this is like the epic Revenge of Meta Knight mission in K:SS. Rather than being thrawted by devices like the cannon or the Heavy Lobster, Vul has actually used this to help the group defeat the demons. There are approximately 300 enemy demons. Fortunately heavy lobster is great for killing them off. It does not work on its own, however. You can actually pilot it (and it has a huge health bar) using its moves from the Kirby game, or you can even order a computer ally to pilot it at the beginning of the mission. Overall a really fun mission.
After this mission, the other wing of the Halberd is destroyed in a fiery explosion. It would appear that Vul, due to the damage of the right wing, was unable to avoid flying right into Mr. Shine and Mr. Bright.
Downwards the giant ship spiraled. The Kirby team had no choice but to abandon ship. As luck would have it, they landed right next to Foxhound. Everything comes together by the looks of it.
Now multiple groups have met at Foxhound. They decided to stay the night there. It was a large base, each person could actually have their own room, as long as the couples (like Ike and Mia) shared one. Oddly enough, Sam resisted the chance to be a total moron by not asking Kelsey to share a room. He simply said goodnight and went to his room.
His reason for doing this was actually simple. He had had enough of presenting a false visage to no avail. He wanted tow in the girl of his dreams his way now.
Cutscene- A Leap of Faith
Song- Gotta Be Somebody By Nickelback
Sam opens the door to his chamber. Its a simple soldier's quarters, complete with a basic bed, a weapon rack, and generic design. He reached into his pocket and pulled out a gold necklace. He had bought it shortly before the trip and had kept it on him for just the right moment.
Sam: (to himself) Should I do this... should I take a leap? ..... Of course I should... God give me strength. (he breathes deeply and heaves a sigh) ... here goes nothing.
Sam leaves his room. He goes next door to Kelsey's and knocks on the door. She opens the door.
Kelsey: Oh its you. Forgot to hit on me yet?
Sam: No, its not like that. I've actually going on a walk... Would you like to come with me?
Kelsey: Well... okay.
(The two walk outside of the base. They knew it was against orders to be outside the fort, but they didn't really care.)
Song- I Can Be Your Hero, Baby
S: Even in the midst of all this chaos, the world is so beautiful at night.
K: Mmmhmm. The stars are really out tonight.
S: I often take a stroll when everyone else is busy sleeping. It helps... keep me relaxed.
K: You get stressed?
S: Of course... being a prince isn't just perks... Someday, I'll have to be King.... father can't live forever afterall. Governing a country isn't something I look forward to... especially not after his reign. He has left such big shoes to fill.
K: I never really thought of it that way.... when I thought of you... I thought of someone who had things easy in life.... not like me, an orphan.
Sam: Everyone has their own problems... I'm not going to lie to you, there are perks to being a prince, but for me, they are far outweighed by the problems.
K: You mean your future duties?
S: Yes and no... Everyone basically looks at me in the same light as you did. Arrogant, lazy, spoiled... its easy to get such impressions from royalty.
K: I'm sorry...
S: I didn't mean to guilt trip... Don't apoligize. (Smiling) You've made life fun for me.
K: (with a slight blush) You really shouldn't give me so much credit.... I don't even know why you care about me.
S: Its an interesting story. As prince, y'know I get a lot of suitors... all of them rich ladies with the visage of beauty. But that is not want I want.... They are just interested in further increasing their wealth and influence... it sickens me. I want to make my own choices in this life. I want someone who can love me.
K: But why me? You've seen how I rejected you.
S: You were the first, the only one not to obsess over me... you aren't trying to gain wealth or power. In the end, you want the same thing as I. Am I right?
K: Such intelligent insight... are you sure you're the Sam I know?
S: That Sam was but a visage... a false confidence that I wore in hopes of gaining you... but then I regained my sight. That visage never impressed you... and even by some miracle, you did fall in love with it... it's not me. The man you're speaking to now.... that's me.
K: I don't know what to believe...
S: Then believe that I love you... (he reaches into his pocket and pulls out the gold necklace from earlier. He puts it around her neck.)
K: ... Whats the occassion?
S: Its your birthday... well as close to your birthday as is known... The Academy told me that this is the anniversary of the day you arrived on their doorstep.
K: This is very sweet... but I'm not worth it.
S: But you are.... a lady like you... you're more than I deserve. You've beautiful and kind and most importantly, I think you feel the same way about me. What say you, Kels... will you be mine tonight?
K: .... I don't know...
S: Do you trust me?
K: Yes... Yes I do... but I don't think I'm ready yet. (She takes off the necklace and with it in hand, she places it in his hand). I'm sorry.
S: (Grabbing her hand) Keep it... and take all the time you need. (Smiling faintly) I know this night is confusing for you, considering the past few years... but what you see now is real. Make your decision based on your own desire. So long as I live, I'll be waiting. Good night.
K: Good night.
(He takes her hand and places a kiss on it. She watches as she walks back into the Foxhound base. A single tear forms in her eye and rolls down her cheek slowly. When the camera shifts to Sam, we can see a tear on his cheek as well. He was actually happy. His move didn't win her over that night, but it would soften her heart towards him. Before entering Foxhound, Sam looks towards the sky and softly says "Thank you." Now there was finally hope. Kelsey stays for a minute or two to think and watch the stars... she doesn't have her answer yet, but she is in a good mood nonetheless. Afterwards, she goes back to her room.)
Final Arc- Megiddo's Power
*This arc is split in two. Aeon's group chases the evil sword's wielder to the hellhole towards the east. Sam's group marches north on Hell, completely unaware of the sword. Sam's group will find the thief before Aeon's does.*
Zelos: All right, lets go. If we're going to burn we might as well get it over with.
Sam: Don't be so pessimistic... We're going to succeed.
Naruto: BELIEVE IT!
Sam: Umm... right... thats the spirit.
Part One- Marching North
Play As: Sam's group (including newly recruited characters from Foxhound, Dreamland, and the Sand Villages)
Objectives: Go to Hell
Details-
Remember the Tales of Vesperia based mission from earlier. This is basically just like that, but with a different layout. The Hellhole is, of course, north. Everything is basically the same as the Tales based mission but with more enemies, and of course more allies.
(As they arrive at their destination, the group sees the hooded man running towards the Hellhole with a sword.
Sam: What are you doing!?
The man looks at the group. Rather than speak, he throws a fireball.
Sam: That was uncalled for! You want to die? I'll grant you that wish.
Part Two- Marching East
*Sorry for the odd order, but it was necessary. This is the Sandbags eastward march. It is happening at the same time as the upcoming boss fight.*
Play As: Aeon, Chris Lionheart, MasterWarlord, Chief Mendez, Sir Kibble, King K. Rool
Objectives- Find the thief
Details-
Basically the same as the last one but more challenging, as the enemies are higher in number (proportionally) compared to your team members. This time, of course, the Hellhole is east.
Boss Battle- The "Angel of Death"
Description-
A mysterious man, shrouded in black, the so called "Angel of Death" seeks to destroy you. He wields the sword of hell, Megiddo.
Play As: Sam's Group
Size: Human Size
Hp: About 5x that of a current brawl boss (scaled to be more towards your team's size.)
Difficulty- Medium-High -> High
Attacks:
Sword Slash- Common and generic. Its slow and fairly predictable. Deals 15...30% and medium...high knockback.
Fire Wave- Slashes and releases a wave of fire similar to the Demon Fang of Tales of Symphonia. It travels all the way across the stage and deals 10...25% damage and low to good knockback.
Rain of Fire- One section of the sky burns red and rains fire less than a second later. Move out of it to dodge. Deals 20...35% damage and good...very high knockback.
Reap Life- Teleports behind a character and slashes at them with his sword. Deals 10...25% damage and medium...high knockback.
Homing Fire- Fire gathers in his hand for a second. He then throws a massive fireball that splits into 6 smaller ones, which auto-seek targets. They do 5...15% each. Oddly enough, they don't damage shields at all.
Eruption- Basically the same as Rayquaza's explosive move (the signal is in the sword). 3 times the horizontal reach at the cost of 3% damage.
(As the boss battle ends, a cutscene plays)
Cutscene- Chosen One
(Chris's group is seen running towards Sam's. As they are arriving, Sam slays the enemy with his axe and reaches for the sword, thinking to give it to his father)
Chris: No son, DON'T!
It was to late, the young prince had already grasped the foul blade in his hand.
Chris: Give the sword to me, son.
Sam: Tell me, father. Do you fear fire?
Chris: No.
Sam: You are lying.
(A fireball forms in his hand. He throws it at Chris. With no time to dodge, Chris pulls out the sword on his back and guards himself with it. Smoke forms where Chris was standing. Noone can tell what has happened. As the smoke clears, Chris is seen standing. He is relatively unharmed, but he is a little scorched.)
Kelsey: What are you doing, Sam?
Sam turns his face towards her. The pupil's of his eyes have changed to a blood red.
Kelsey: (gasping in shock) What is wrong with you?
Sam: Nothing at all. I have been filled with true wisdom. Your journey ends here, I'm afraid. Here is a parting gift.
(Sam raises the evil sword into the air. It releases a flare, calling all of the desert's demons to converge on this point.)
Chris: My son, what are you doing?
Sam: I am going to bring back the true king of this world. Don't try to stop me. I promise you nothing but death if you do.
Michael: You're not going anywhere. (Michael summons a tornado around Sam, who merely steps through it, unharmed.)
Sam: Ah, Michael. Why don't you release your visage. Show the group who you really are?.... Saint Michael, Archangel of Heaven.
Chris: You are Ashencroft, aren't you?
Ashencroft: Silence. I don't answer to inferior beings like you. Now where was I... oh, yes. Reveal yourself, Michael.
Michael: Very well. (Michael's wings burst through his armor as he is surrounded by a brilliant aura of light.) You do understand that I cannot spare your life now.
Ashencroft: Don't worry. I won't provide you that mercy either. I have yet to fully rid this body of its soul... and so while I am gone the demons I have called will keep you busy.
(The possessed Sam runs into the Hellhole and demons start pouring out once again.)
Michael: This is bad.
Chris: Tell me, Michael, is there a way to save him?... Is there a way to free my son?
Michael: A demon of his power cannot be banished even by someone of my power. I am sorry, Chris. Your son is already as good as dead.
End of Chapter 13.
Chapter 14- Engame ~ The End of the World?
Chris: What do you mean my son is dead!?
Michael: He has been possessed by a great evil... his body has already started to take the form of his parasite.... it only took an instant for him to gain the eyes of the evil one. By the 13th hour, there will be no sign of him.
Chris: The 13th hour?
Michael: A minute past midnight. Tonight, the planets shall align. Should we fail to put an end to this demon, then he will be nearly unstoppable.
Chris: Then we can release Sam before then?
Michael: There is one chance for him, his own will. But that is an abysmal hope. It is nearly impossible for a human to cast away a demon on his own.
Chris: Then there is that hope, atleast.
Michael: We can not leave it to chance... If we don't kill him, we risk the loss of his soul.
Chris: ... My wife and I brought him into this world.... we saw him become a great man. If anyone is to take his life... then let it be me.
Michael: Can you bring yourself to kill your own son?
Chris: It will be a horrible pain... but it is something I must do. I will give him one last gift... I will free him.
Michael: You will need great strength. That sword on your back...
Chris: Le Blade de Lion?
Michael: If that is what you call it... Its true name is Durandal. It is the twin to my Requiem. If the blade considers you worthly of being its owner, then you will receive strength.
Chris: Has it?
Michael: I will be the judge of that...
(Michael takes Durandal from Chris and commands him to kneel. The heavenly blade is then tapped on Chris's shoulders, much like a knighting ceremony.)
Michael: If you are worthly, then you have now become a knight of Heaven.
(Chris is surrounded by a blinding light. For a second, noone can see him. When the light fades, he looks transformed. His hair has grown longer and looks much like a mane. He is more muscular and even looks younger. His beard has also grown thicker.)
Chris: What is this power?
Michael: It is a power you have always held, but could not release, Chris of the Lion's Heart. Now... show us your power.
(A sudden urge overtakes Chris, almost like an instinct. In response, he rears back his head and lets out a loud roar, such that no human could produce. He has become the embodiment of courage, power, and nobility.... a white lion.)
Chris: This is amazing... I've never felt so strong... not even in my prime.
Michael: Then stay true to your word. Wield the divine Durandal, and with it free your son from the grasp of darkness.
Chris: I will. For one last time, mighty Durandal shall cast away the approaching shadows! Now... to victory!
(Everyone): (cheering) TO VICTORY!
Part 1- Hopeless Battle
Play As:
Chris Lionheart, Kelsey, Michael The Arch-Angel, SirKibble, MasterWarlord, King K. Rool, Chief Mendez, Aeon, Iago, Zelos Wilder, Peach, Zelda, Sain, Link, Marth, Mario, Luigi, Snake, Bowser, Pyre Fierceshot, Ike, Mia, Bastian, Calill, Haar, Ilyana, Pikachu, Yoshi, Jigglypuff, Pichu, Doggy and Bear, Chocobo, Breloom, Tyrogue, Espeon, Smeargle, Ursaring, Skyler Ocon, Wolf, Gaara, Naruto, Kakashi, Shikamaru, Kiba and Akamaru, Sasuke, Kirby, Metaknight, King Dedede, Halberd Crew, Super Star Helpers, Shine and Bright, Capsule J2, Chef Kawasaki, Megaman, Zero, Protoman, Crono
0bjective:
Hold out 30 minutes.
Details:
Ok your basically working with a massive scale battle, like the ones you had been playing in the last chapter. This time you pick one unit, who has 5 stocks. The rest are weak, but valuable CPU (or other player) controlled allies. The demons just keep coming... it doesn't matter how many you cut down. You just have to stay alive.
Chris: (Laughing) Ha... ha ha ha... theres so many. *Cuts down a demon* How can we defeat them all.
Michael: We need an army....
(As if in response, a light is seen from above. Down from the heavens flies Pit and his army of angels. Michael and Pit seem to know each other, and can understand what is going on without saying a word, perhaps they are communicating by thought.)
Zelos: Talk about good timing.
Michael: It won't be enough... we'll need more....
Chris: Hey, Aeon... has your power returned?
Aeon: Why would they have?
Michael: Ah, Aeon. How could I forget the master of time? Your lack of power was caused by an extreme amount of chaos. Thanks to the angels, balance is being restored. You should be able to use your powers again.
Aeon: Then I will go gather the armies of this continent.
Chris: Make haste.
Aeon: I am the master of time, after all.
*In this next level, new characters WILL make their way in. This is because Aeon has gathered them alongside the common units.*
Part 2- The Epic Clash
Its even more awesome than the last battle of the Lord of the Rings!
Play As:
Earth's Heroes, Angels, Warriors of the Emblem, Hyrule Knights, Mushroom Kingdom, Dreamlanders, Ninjas, Stealth, Pokemon, Beasts
Objectives:
Build and Destroy (RTS); Destroy the Demon Army
Details:
Quite possibly the most epic level yet. Finally, you get to experience a Nintendo cross-over RTS game. It goes by many of the same mechanics of Warcraft 3. You must use your common worker units to build things and gather resources (the resources of this game being wood and food, collectable by chopping down trees for wood, and by means such as grain mills and slaughterhouses for food). Aeon may be bringing the army, but it is your job to accomidate it. You pick one group to play as, each with distinctive units and abilities (giving you a reason to replay this level again and again). The rest of the groups are CPU controlled allies (or controlled by other players through split-screen.) Each group has its own set of heroes (the playable characters of the game) which serve as powerful units and many different generic unit types, as well as different buildings. A hero has high stats and a set of moves which you must command him/her to use by moving the cursur over their skill in the menu and pressing A. They have good starting stats, but a great potential to level up (level 10 being the max). I can't possibly explain every little detail, but I will attempt to give you a good overview of each group. Each team has a max population, which is determined by how many houses you have built (with a max population of 100 points). The demons have a truly massive force, but through coordinated assaults with your allies, you should be able to win. There are always easy difficulty modes for you non-RTS players.
*To move a unit, move the cursur over them and press A to select. Hold A while moving the stick to create a selection box, allowing you to select every unit in an area, with a max group size of 12. You can also select every unit of a type by double pressing the A button. Access the menu/pause the game with the start button. Each unit also has a command window. Move the cursur over commands and press A to select them. When in groups, you will have to move the C-Stick over the specific ally whose command menu you want to use and select them.*
The characters are grouped as such:
*Teams with more heroes have weaker heroes*
Earth Team:
(A well-balanced team)
Chris Lionheart, Kelsey, King K. Rool, Chief Mendez, MasterWarlord, SirKibble, Skyler Ocon, Zelos Wilder (pick 3)
Angels:
(A team of mighty, but few)
Michael, Pit
Emblem Warriors:
(A team leaning more towards numbers than power, but not so much as the Mushroom Kingdom)
Ike, Mia, Marth, Bastian, Haar, Calill, Ilyana, Sain, and (eventually) Micaiah (Pick 4)
Hyrule Knights:
(A team of very powerful heroes to round out its lack of heroes. Units are average)
Link, Zelda/Sheik
Mushroom Kingdom:
(A team that has weak, but plentiful units and heroes)
Mario, Luigi, Peach, Bowser, Yoshi, and (eventually) Donkey Kong, Diddy Kong, Wario (Pick 5)
Beasts:
(A team of highly varying heroes, from the projectile and traps of Pyre, to the speed of Chocobo, to the split power of Doggy and Bear)
Pyre Fierceshot, Doggy and Bear, Chocobo
Pokemon:
(A team of many weak heroes, with Mewtwo being the only particularly amazing one and fast-building units)
Pikachu, Pichu, Jigglypuff, Breloom, Espeon, Smeargle, Tyrogue, Ursaring, and (eventually) Pokemon Trainer, Lucario, Mewtwo (Pick 6)
Ninjas:
(A team of Narutards. Its very good at defending but can't mount an offensive to well, due to a reliance on ninja traps. Great heroes).
Naruto, Gaara, Kakashi, Shikamaru, Kiba and Akamaru, Sasuke (Pick 3)
Stealth (Foxhound):
(A team of very powerful, but few units)
Snake, Megaman, Protoman, Zero, Crono, and (eventually) Samus, Roll, Wolf, and (eventually) Fox Falco and Krystal(only 1 is available at a time)
Dreamlanders:
(Its heroes don't have a lot of defense, but they pack one hell of an offense)
Kirby, Dedede, Metaknight, Halberd Crew, Super Star Helpers, Kawasaki, Capsule J2 (3 available at a time)
Team Example:
Earth's Heroes Team:
Heroes-
Chris Lionheart, Kelsey, King. K. Rool, Chief Mendez, MasterWarlord, SirKibble, SkylerOcon (Pick 3)
General-
The earth team represents balance. Its heroes aren't overpowered nor underpowered. Its units have no glaring flaws or strengths. A very easy team to learn with, as you can't go wrong with them.
Hero Example-
Chris Lionheart-
Summary-
A very well rounded hero, having perfect medium stats. Stat increases upon level up are average, multiplying by 3 from the first to the last level up.
Powers-
Aura of Courage (all units in radar of Chris gain +1...3...5 damage to all attacks), Roar (all non-boss foes in radar are stunned for 1...2...3 seconds. 30 second recharge),
Attack- 10 -> 30
Armor- 5 -> 15
Hp- 300 -> 900
Units-
Citizen- A basic worker unit. Weak in combat do to no armor, low health, and 1 attack. Builds stuff and gathers resources. Can be called into miltia for combat. (Uses 1 population)
Militia- A temporary weak combat unit (citizen turned soldier). 1 armor, fairly low health, and 3 attack. Cannot build. Becomes a citizen after 30 seconds.
Valian Knight- A basic footsoldier having 1 starting armor (4 max) and 5 starting attack (8 max) (Uses 2 population)
Valian Horseman- A fast moving mounted knight with 3 start armor (6 max) and 7 starting attack (10 max) (3 pop.)
Valian Archer- Attacks from afar with a bow. 0 start armor (3 max), low hp, 6 start attack (9 max) (2 pop.)
Valian Captain- A powerful foot unit. 5 start armor (8 max), 8 start attack (11 max) (4 pop.)
Valian General- A highly respected warrior and commander. 7 start armor (10 max), 10 start attack (13 max), has the ability to call other valian soldiers to defend him. (5 pop)
Doctor- A human trained to keep his allies alive. 0 start armor (3 max), 0 attack, medium health. Can heal other units for massive amounts at adjacent reach. (2 pop.)
Buildings-
Town Hall -> Fort -> Castle (Primary building for dropping off resources and training workers and converting them to militia. It also serves as the main part of the "tech tree").
Barracks (Primary unit builder. Can train Knights with Town Hall, Captains with Fort, and Generals with Castle).
Combat Station (trains archers and horsemen, requires Fort)
Infirmiry (trains doctors, requires Fort)
Farm (provides food, must be built on a well)
Lumbermill (alternate drop off for lumber)
Forge (provides upgrades for units)
Castle Lionheart (building where all the heroes are gathered, use to summon or revive heroes)
House (a common house, use to raise population limit with a max of 100)
Barricade (provides a defensive fortification for the town, can be broken but has large durability bar)
Guard Tower (place archers here to fire deadly arrows with +10 bonus damage for defensive purposes)
(OK now that that tower of text is over... lets move on.)
(The victory here has allowed the heroes to get into Hell. The army stays behind to hold off the demons. Hell is a horrible place. The lake of fire is down below, and the screaming of souls can be heard. It is very much what you would expect of Hell.)
Part Three- The Depths of Hell
Play As:
Chris Lionheart, Kelsey, Michael The Arch-Angel, SirKibble, MasterWarlord, King K. Rool, Chief Mendez, Aeon, Iago, Zelos Wilder, Peach, Zelda, Sain, Link, Marth, Mario, Luigi, Snake, Bowser, Pyre Fierceshot, Ike, Mia, Bastian, Calill, Haar, Ilyana, Pikachu, Yoshi, Jigglypuff, Pichu, Doggy and Bear, Chocobo, Breloom, Tyrogue, Espeon, Smeargle, Ursaring, Skyler Ocon, Wolf, Gaara, Naruto, Kakashi, Shikamaru, Kiba and Akamaru, Sasuke, Kirby, Metaknight, King Dedede, Halberd Crew, Super Star Helpers, Shine and Bright, Capsule J2, Chef Kawasaki, Megaman, Zero, Protoman, Crono, Roll, Samus, Pokemon Trainer, Lucario, Mewtwo, Donkey Kong, Diddy Kong, Micaiah
Objectives:
Find Sam
Details:
Ok this mission is platforming Hell, quite literally. Basically just take Smash controls and put them into a platforming world complete with demons, and you've got this level. The end goal is a large black door in the center of Hell, but to enter you must find a collect 6 keys (in the North, South, Northeast, Northwest, Southeast, and Southwest of the map). Each key is guarded by a different evil character. Ganondorf, Jafar, Lyon, Death, Joker, and Black Doom are all recruitable characters (despite having no story role) by defeating them here. Making a cameo of sorts from my last SM, and MYM3, is Nightmare. He serves as the guardian of the door, using a constantly soul charged version of his MYM3 moveset, after all the keys have been collected. Defeat him and the mission ends.
(After this level a cutscene plays as the group runs in to see Sam. Sam's eyes are as red as they were before, but now he also bears large black-feathered wings. His hair is turning black and he is becoming more and more like Ashencroft in appearance. Upon seeing the group, he forms a wall of fire, trapping keeping everyone but Chris and Kelsey out of the fight. It looks as though Ashencroft's intentions are to start by murdering Sam's two most beloved people.)
End of Endgame Part I.
Ashencroft: Ah, good, you've come. I was hoping you'ld challenge me.
Poiseidon: Brother, let us vanquish them together.
Ashencroft: I am sorry, brother... but I have no need of you anymore. (Ashencroft slashes Poiseidon with Meggido. Despite the great power of the water demon, he could not stand up to Ashencroft's new power.) ... Now I won't have to share this world with you.
Michael: Such cruelty... such power... how could you slay your own brother!?
Ashencroft: Surprised to see my new strength? Even incomplete, noone in this room could possibly hope to be my equal. But now back to the matter at hand.
Chris: What do you want?
Ashencroft: Its simple... I want to crush this world, and all others who would refuse to worship me, under my grieve.
Michael: You are not worthy of worship, Vulcan.
Ashencroft: Ah, I had almost forgotten about you, Michael. No use concealing my name anymore. I am Vulcan... you may know of me from Roman lore.
Chris: The "god" of fire?
Vulcan: The same... I merely sought the respect I have been long due.
Michael: You are a monster. When you posed as a god you commited treason.
Vulcan: Treason? The word means nothing to me. I will commit any sin to be deified.
Chris: Why did you possess Sam?
Vulcan: Again, a stupid question with a simple answer.... Because I could... and for vengeance. You and that ****ed sword of yours dared to resist me... but no more.
Chris: You have taken away almost every person I have ever cared about!
Vulcan: Almost? Oh, right, your wife. Aeon, do me a favor and show us a rift to Castle Lionheart.
Aeon: ....
(He casts his hand forwards and forms a rift showing a truly horrible sight. Castle Lionheart is burning. Ryann is trapped in the inferno. As Chris watches in horror, he sees her last words "Goodbye my son... farewell, my husband... our love shall last longer than I.)
Chris: RYANN!!! NO!.... ****IT!!! You will pay for this!
Vulcan: Oh, but you don't want to hear me talk about your son... the grave irony that will lead to your end? Your son was the perfect vessel... he put up no resistance, all because he wanted power.
Kelsey: You lie!
Vulcan: Do I? Think for a minute... why would your little suitor have been possessed so easily if he didn't have a black soul? *laughing* This is just great! Do you really think he loves you!? If he loves you then he will surely object to me taking your life.
Chris: You will not have the opportunity. (He steps in front of Kelsey and whispers "I'll handle this... I don't want you to have to fight your lover.") This "****ed sword" and I will put an end to you.
Vulcan: Heh... Could you honestly take the life of your son?
Chris: He is already dead, is he not? I'm going to give his death some meaning.
Vulcan: Have at thee, then.
Father And Son~ Boss Battle- Chris Lionheart
The great Valian hero... the demonslayer... the one with the heart of a lion... Chris Lionheart stands in the way of Vulcan's rise!
Play As: Vulcan (Ashencroft)
Fight In: Hell (a stage that is effectively a hybrid of the 2nd and 3rd phases of Castle Siege. The field is a hellish version of the 2nd phase with stalagmites replacing the statues. Instead of walk off edges, your character can fall into the lake of fire, like in the 3rd phase of Castle Siege, but keep in mind the stage doesn't tilt.)
Song: In The End- By Linkin Park (Piano Version)
Difficulty: High
Health: About 1.2x that of a normal boss
Mobile: Yes (just as mobile as a playable character, can even double jump).
Affected By Knockback: No
Moves:
At 0% damage-
Crescent Slash Chris runs across the map at a fast pace (rougly that of Captain Falcon). If he runs into you, he immediately slices upwards quickly, dealing 10...25% damage and good...high vertical knockback.
Parry- Chris blocks your attack. Random (rougly 10...20%) activation.
Fury- Chris stabs forwards quickly many times, like Pit (but with much greater reach and intimidation due to a larger weapon). No knockback (causes flinching) but a fearsome 5...15% per second. DI can be used to escape.
Jumping Slash- A simple downwards slash performed if he is currently in the air. Deals 5...15% and medium...great knockback.
At 1/4th damage
(all of the above plus)
Heaven's Slash- Chris's blade flashes and he swings it upwards with both hands. If it strikes someone, they are set on holy fire (taking 1% per second for 5 seconds) and take 15...30% and great...high knockback.
Gold Wave- Chris slashes and releases a shockwave across the field. Getting slashed by the sword will also result in a hit from the shockwave. Each of the move's 2 possible hits deals 5...15% and medium...great knockback.
At 1/2 damage
(Chris transforms into a lion, becoming completely immune to knockback. All of the above moves, except for Roar, are still useable, but in alternate animations, usually claw swipes. The Gold Wave is replaced by Roar.)
Roar- Chris rears his head back then lets out an intimidating roar. If you are within 5 stage builder blocks of him, you take 10...25% damage. This move breaks your shield if you attempt to shield it.
At 3/4 damage
(Chris, in a last desperate stand, halfshifts, becoming a human with lionlike features such as claws, yellow eyes, and a thicker, longer main, as well as sharp teeth and strong jaws. Every above move is usable again.)
Lionheart Combo-U] Chris performs the Crescent slash move. This time, he leaps into the air after you, goes right into Fury for 2 seconds and then finishes off with a Heaven's Slash. Deals a whopping 40% damage (10%+15%+5%x2= 40%) and high...OHKO upwards knockback. In lower difficulties, this can be survived if your damage is low enough. You definitely must avoid this attack at all costs.
Strategy- Keep your distance to the best of your ability. Your Neutral B works wonders, as each of the 6 hits takes off as much as one of Fox's lasers. Spam like hell. Run. Rinse. Repeat.
(After the boss fight a cutscene plays. Chris is barely able to hold his sword. He is tired and defeated.)
Vulcan: Is this truly the man who defeated me those 20 years ago? You are a joke. (He walks up to Chris, grabs him by the neck and stabs him in the stomach. If this game had an M rating, you would be able to see the sword protruding through Chris's back and the blood running from his wound. He would be spitting blood.) Any last words, Chris?
Chris: So this is how I am to die... I am sorry my son... I could not save you.
(In reply to this, one of Sam's eyes returns to normal, as if part of him is trying to resist.)
Sam: FATHER!
Vulcan: Who gave you permission to speak!? No matter... watch as your father burns. (Vulcan casts his hand down at Chris. The fallen hero's body is set ablaze.)
Zelos: STOP DROP AND ROLL CHRIS! (It was no use, for Chris was already dead.)
Vulcan: Good riddance... (To Sam) now to finish off your pretty little girlfriend.
Sam: Don't you lay a hand on her!
Vulcan: Don't make demands of me, boy. All you can do is watch as her life bleeds away.
Sam: Kelsey! You must fight. I beg of you, kill me!
Kelsey: (crying) I can't... how could I raise my sword to you?
Sam: There is no other way... I refuse to watch you die!
Kelsey: I'm sorry, Sam. If this is the way it must end, then I will grant your wish. (Drawing her sword)
*This part consists of 2 fights at the same time: one between Sam and Kelsey and the other in Sam's body as he tries to cast out the demon.*
(This conversation takes place in Sam's body, between Vulcan and Sam's soul.)
Vulcan: Let this teach you a valuable lesson... learn your place I shall destroy your soul.
Sam: Go ahead... Destroy my body. Destroy my soul. But I won't allow you to lay one hand on her.
Vulcan: Oh? You would try to defeat me?
Sam: (smirking as he lifts his halberd over his shoulder) No.... I WILL defeat you.
Vulcan: Foolish boy. All right, have at thee!
Battle For Your Soul~ Boss Battle- Vulcan Part I
Play As: Sam Lionheart
Stage: Inside Your Mind- This stage is odd. It is basically just a modified Battlefield with a larger stage and larger platforms. Another interesting feature is that the area around where Vulcan stands is always darkened and corrupted, where as the area around your character glows white. When both character's areas overlap, it results in a shade of gray.
Song: Inside the Fire~ By Disturbed
Difficulty: High
Health: About 1.5x that of a normal boss
Size: Human size
Mobile: Yes, as mobile as a human character
Knockback?: Can be knocked back, but knockback is set (no real % bar, so knockback against him won't increase.)
Moves:
At Full Health:
Flames of the Beast- Vulcan throws a single very large fireball that splits into 6 equally sized smaller fireballs. These all home in on you and deal 3...7% damage and flinching each. The easiest way to counter this is to shield, as these don't damage shields at all.
Volcano- Vulcan casts his hand forward and an eruption occurs under you character's current position. It rises 3 stage builder blocks upwards (but gets higher with each level, raising all the way to the top of the screen when Vulcan is at 25% health) This deals 10...25% and good...high knockback if it hits.
Inferno Edge- Vulcan slashes at you with his sword (only uses when he is next to you). Fairly predictable. The hitbox of the slash is greatly increased by a disjointed flame it releases, which also adds a lingering effect. Deals 5...15% damage and medium...great knockback if it hits.
Parry- Vulcan blocks your melee attack with his sword. 10...20% activation rate.
At 75% health:
Heat Wave- Vulcan flies down to ground level, fires a beam that must be double jumped over to be dodged, then flies to the middle of the screen fires a second wave of fire that must be dodged with your recovery or by falling downwards quickly, and then flies to the top third and fires a 3rd wave that can be dodged by falling downwards. Each blast can deal 15...30% damage and good...high knockback.
Twin Towers- Vulcan disappears then appears in the middle of the screen. Two large towers of flame with a width of 5 stage builder blocks that reach up to the top of the screen appear on the left and right sides of the stage. Dodge by running to the middle of the stage. Deals 15...30% and great...very high knockback.
At 50% health:
Chain Eruption- Vulcan casts his sword at your character. A burst, much like Volcano that reaches 3 stage builder blocks upwards and 2 horizontal (doesn't increase) occurs right in front of Vulcan. Once that one subsides, another eruption happens, and so on until the move reaches the edge. Deals 10...25% and great...very high knockback.
At 25% health:
Vulcan Split- A red wave travels through Vulcan's hands as he faces the screen and casts one hand to each side (Megiddo is floating in the air in front of him). Two large waves (like ocean waves) of fire burst from each hand and travel horizontally in their respective directions until they leave the stage. Sidestepping or Rolling through them or jumping over them (or if its used by Vulcan in the air, falling downwards) will work to dodge these. Deals 20...35% damage and high...OHKO knockback.
Strategy-
I would say to avoid direct combat, but as Sam that is your only option, unless you actually want to spam the boomerang-like side special. Just stay in his face, watch for the signals. If he raises his sword above his head, he is going to try and slash you away. Take advantage of this and use your Down B. Your Down Special is modified in this fight. Rather than grab the foe, Sam will counter just like an FE character and deal double the damage of the attack that hits him (without knockback)!
(This next battle is between Kelsey and Sam and happens at the same time as the battle in Sam's soul).
Lovers Quarrel~ Boss Battle: Sam Lionheart
The son of Chris has been possessed by a great demon. Can you free him?
Play As: Kelsey
Stage: Hell (same stage as in the Chris Lionheart boss battle).
Song:
Wake Me Up Inside/Bring Me To Life~ By Evanscence
Difficulty: High
Health: 1.3x Normal Boss Health
Size- Human Size
Mobile- Yes (as mobile as a playable character)
Notes- This boss battle works a bit differently than most. Rather than become harder as it goes, he actually loses attacks as it goes along. As Sam fights off his possession, he gains more control over the right side of his body (Megiddo is being wielded left-handed).
Moves:
At Full Health:
(At this moment, Sam barely has any conciousness of his own. His right eye is back to normal, giving some hint that his soul is trying to resist).
Flame Crescent- The signature Lionheart crescent attack with a flickering touch. Sam drags Megiddo across the ground and swings it upwards in front of him. A burst of flame from the sword causes an even further hitbox and creates a lingering effect. Deals 10...25% and good...high upwards knockback.
Infernleo(s)- Vulcan's power combined with the spirit of the Lionhearts. Sam creates a/multiple lion(s) made out of fire. At Full Health, Sam appears in the middle of the screen and then spawns one lion on each side. The lion's single jump around in random but symmetrical patterns. Contact with them deals 10...25% damage and medium...great knockback. They disappear after 5...10 seconds.
Trinity Flames- Sam throws a large fireball in the direction of your character. It splits into 3 smaller, equally sized fireballs. These home in on your character. Each can deal 5...15% and great...high knockback. The best way to avoid these is to shield, as they do little to no damage to shields.
Burning Earth- Sam plants Megiddo into the ground. Flames reaching 3 stage builder blocks high cover an area 3...5 bodylengths wide of the stage in a random area. Coming into contact with them causes 5...10% damage and flinching per second. Disappears after 10...15 seconds. (Only 1...2 can be on the field at a time.)
Whip of Fire- A whip of fire forms in Sam's left hand. He swings it three times, striking the area directly in front of him with the first, that plus the area in the middle of the stage a second time, and the entire bottom of the stage the third time (in other words, the lashes reach near, far, farther). The first 2 can be avoided by being far enough away, but the 3rd requires that you double jump. Deals 10...25% and good...high knockback per strike.
Scorching Crescendo- (Derived from musical terms) Sam points Megiddo forwards. A burst of flame occurs, reaching 3 stage builder block in front of him.) Rather than dissipating immediately, Sam continues to let it burn. It extends 1 stage builder block per half second, until reaching its FF (Fortissimo) of 10 stage builder blocks distance. To best avoid this attack, get behind Sam. As a bonus, he is completely vulnerable during the entire duration. Being struck by this move at any point causes 15...30% damage and great...very high knockback.
Evisceration- Sam leaps into the air and comes crashing down on your character. As he swings his axe into the ground, huge flames burst in all directions from the point of impact, reaching 3 stage builder blocks radius. Deals 20...30% damage and high...OHKO knockback. To avoid, simply run away as he uses it or perform a properly timed sidestep or air dodge.
Parry- Sam blocks your attack. 10...20% activation rate.
At 75% Health:
(Sam's hair has become normal on the right side, showing a further resistance to his possession).
He loses the ability to perform Evisceration.
At 50% Health:
(Sam's right wing turns gray, a shade representing neither purity nor evil, or the color of a man's soul.)
Infernleo(s) is weakened to just Infernleo (only one lion is created in the direction directly in front of him).
Burning Earth is weakened to Smoldering Embers, a form of the move in which flinching is no longer dealt and there is no vertical reach (in other words, you must step on them to take damage).
At 25% Health:
(Sam gains further control over the right side of his body. His hair completely regains its normal color.)
He can no longer perform Whip of Fire or Trinity Flames.
Strategy:
Stay in his face as much as possible (not that you have any other choice seeing as you have no projectile). Parry and Riposte work well when dealing with Flame Crescent. Other than that, stay aggressive as the fight gets easier as it goes along. Learn his attack signals.
(After beating the 2nd boss, a cutscene plays. Its not a fight either one particularly enjoys. As Sam regains himself, he becomes more and more saddened with every swing of his sword. Kelsey isn't in a much better position, as she is practically crying as she fights. Perhaps due to Sam's resistance, he is left vulnerable for a finishing strike from Kelsey).
From this point, you are given three choosable options. Each shows how a single tiny decision in combat (even a decision that is made sub-consciously or without knowledge of doing so) can affect the future.
Decision 1: Hesitate
(Kelsey doesn't notice Sam's opening).
Decision 2: Stab
(Kelsey sees the opening and stabs Sam)
Decision 3: Embrace
(Kelsey embraces Sam and stabs him through the back, the sword reaching all the way through his belly and into hers).
Depending on your decision, Kelsey will perform the action you chose (described in parenthesis under it).
Each decision has a different ending and will decide what the next part of the Endgame is like.
Ending #1 (Canon)~ Grey-Winged Angel
(This ending only occurs if you choose decision #1)
(Kelsey is too late to take advantage of Sam's moment of vulnerability. When she makes her strike, Sam is ready to guard it. The two lovers' swords are locked, each one attempting to push the other down for the upper hand. Sam's strength is the greater and Kelsey finds herself knocked to the ground, her sword out of reach. As Sam walks towards her, it would appear to be the end. Sam's body is currently "split in half" with one side being Vulcan and the other being Sam's will.)
Kelsey: Do your worst...
Vulcan: Time to end this.
(Sam's body shakes as the two inhabitants continue their power struggle. Sam's eyes return to normal briefly.)
Sam: You're right... it is time to end this.
(His eyes flash blood red once more.)
Vulcan: You don't have the power!
(They return to normal again.)
Sam: But I do have the motivation. Consider yourself banished!
(Sam screams as the demon's soul is torn from his body. His body's features return to normal, essentially, the only oddity is that he keeps his wings. Both wings have become a grey color.)
(As Vulcan is cast out, the flames blocking the others subside. The rest of the cast gathers around the victors.)
Michael: In all my years, I have yet to see a human cast out a demon on his own... and yet this boy succeeded. Thank God.
Kelsey: Is it you, Sam? Are you back?
Sam: (smirking) Yeah... I'm back. I told you I wasn't going to leave.
(The cast's rejoicing is cut short. Meggido fell into the Lake of Fire and out of its burning wrath stepped the reborn Vulcan. The 13th hour has arrived. Have the champions of light failed?)
Vulcan: (Walking over to pick up Poiseidon's Trident) I see the son is greater than the father... But with the might of the devouring flame and the mighty sea, none can stand up to me.
Sam: (picking up the Durandal lying in Chris's ashes, while whispering "Let me borrow your might, father.") We can sure as Hell try!
Ending #2~ End of the Line
(This ending is unlocked by choosing decision 2.)
Song:
If You're Not the One~ By Daniel Bedingfield
(Kelsey runs her sword through Sam. The impaled prince falls to the floor, his life bleeding away. Vulcan is cast out of his body. The flames blocking the rest of the cast subside as a result. As the cast gathers around the dying hero, Sam motions them away. He wants to spend his last moments with Kelsey.)
Kelsey: (Choking back tears) I'm... so sorry.
Sam: Relax, beautiful... you saved me.
K: That wound says otherwise...
S: Yeah... I don't think I'll live to see another setting of the sun... but death isn't the end of life... it's just a new beginning. Don't cry for me... I don't deserve it... I am not a hero... All I've ever done is fight for you... nothing more.
K: That makes you my hero.
S: (chuckling) A cliche line... but its meaning still stands true. Please, don't cry... if I am to die today, I want the last memory I take with me to be your smiling face. For one last moment, we are together... and that's all that matters.
K: For you, I will be strong.
S: And thats what I liked about you. Your inner strength exceeds my own.
K: (blushing) Now I understand...
(Sam reaches his arm up weakly and puts it around her shoulder. He didn't have much longer to live. Already, as the cast looks on with melancholy expressions, he is turning pale. If there was a moment to act, it was now. Kelsey kneels down and they share their first, and only, kiss. As their lips part, the look on Sam's face says everything that he no longer has the strength to say. "I am sorry, my love, goodbye." A moment later, he exhaled his final breath and his arm became limp in Kelsey's hands. And so dies Sam Lee Lionheart, the last heir to the Valian throne.)
Kelsey: ... Sam...
(Out of the Lake of Fire flies a reborn Vulcan. The Megiddo had fallen into the Lake, returning to its master's possession. He walks up to Poiseidon's body and pulls Poiseidon's trident from his brother's stiff hands.)
Vulcan: Love is a dreadful bond, is it not... but it is so easy to burn.
Kelsey: You... you took him away from me...
Vulcan: Do you intend to make me join him?
Kelsey: No... (picking up the Durandal from Chris's ashes, which lay near Sam's body) I'm going to send you back from whence you came!
Ending #3~ Embrace of Death
(This ending is accessed by choosing decision 3.)
Song:
If You're Not The One~ By Daniel Bedingfield
(In Sam's moment of vulnerability, Kelsey embraces him and sticks his sword through his back. The fated lovers are both impaled by the sword. Vulcan is cast out of Sam's body and he returns to his normal form, oddly keeping his grey wings. The fires recede but the cast hangs back, likely in mourning respect for the victims of this tragedy. Kelsey pulls the sword out and they fall to the floor, inches away from each other. Still able to move, she crawls over to him. He lies dying, a crimson stain spreading across the floor. Barely able to speak, Sam struggles for the words he has always wished to say.)
Sam: M... my love... W... Why did you end your life....
Kelsey: I don't want you to go alone...
S: Then... y-you have made up your mind?
K: Yes... even if our lives are but one moment... I want it to be shared.
S: I would like to die in matromony.
K: (blushing) Is there time for that?
S: Not an official ceremony... but a union of hearts needs only a mutual agreement. Will you marry me?
K: Yes.
S: Then take this. (Sam pulls off his gauntlet, and on his ring finger lies an heirloom, a ring passed from generation to generation.) Each of us [Lionhearts] has been trusted to give it to the right lady... and thats how it has stayed with us. Its your's now.
K: I accept.
(Much like in the 2nd ending, Sam reaches out and she holds his arm. The close in for the only kiss they would ever get to share in this life. As their life fades away, Kelsey rubs her head against Sam and the two embrace for their final moments. Almost in unison, each breathes their final breath. And so die Lord and Lady Lionheart, last heirs to the Valian throne.)
(The cast looks on at the tragic sight. In a way, the dead couple appeared happy. They had died with content expressions on their faces. Had their ever been such a tear-inspiring sight in the Nintendan world? Nay, I say. But the time for tears was soon to end. Out of the Lake of Fire flew Vulcan with Magiddo in his right hand. He cast his hand at Poiseidon's body and the trident, Tideroi, flew to its new master's left hand. Michael responds by doing the same for the Durandal.)
Aeon: The 13th hour has arrived...
Michael: Then lets end this, for these dead heroes and for the entire world.
Vulcan: Michael, Michael, Michael... do you think you can defeat a god?
Michael: You think you're a god?
Vulcan: I don't think I'm a god... I AM a god!
Michael: Then have at thee, then.
Final Boss~ Vulcan
Wielding the Megiddo and the Tideroi, Vulcan is now the master of land and sea... fire and water... Can anyone hope to defeat him now that the thirteenth bell tolls?
Stage:
Hell (the same stage for the Chris Lionheart and Sam Lionheart boss fights)
Songs:
Through the Fire and Flames~ By DragonForce
Play As:
Normal:
The Sandbags (minus Chris), Aeon, Iago, Zelos Wilder, Peach, Zelda, Sain, Link, Marth, Mario, Luigi, Snake, Bowser, Pyre Fierceshot, Ike, Mia, Bastian, Calill, Haar, Ilyana, Pikachu, Yoshi, Jigglypuff, Pichu, Doggy and Bear, Chocobo, Breloom, Tyrogue, Espeon, Smeargle, Ursaring, Skyler Ocon, Wolf, Gaara, Naruto, Kakashi, Shikamaru, Kiba and Akamaru, Sasuke, Kirby, Metaknight, King Dedede, Halberd Crew, Super Star Helpers, Shine and Bright, Capsule J2, Chef Kawasaki, Megaman, Zero, Protoman, Crono, Roll, Samus, Fox, Falco, Krystal, Pokemon Trainer, Lucario, Mewtwo, Donkey Kong, Diddy Kong, Micaiah (Pick 9)
Champions:
Sam Lionheart, Kelsey, or Michael
(The Champion system is simple. Each ending gives you one hero wielding the mighty Durandal.)
Ending One- Sam Lionheart
(Damage is multiplied by 2x and the Durandal nullifies Sam's sourspot. Sam also has 3 jumps now thanks to his wings. Longest longevity of the champions. Kelsey and Michael are also playable as regular characters.)
Ending Two- Kelsey
(Damage is multiplied by 2x. Fastest attacking champion. Michael is also playable as a regular character.)
Ending Three- Michael
(Damage is multiplied by 3x, as all attacks double hit, dealing 1x damage with Requiem and 2x for Durandal.)
Difficulty:
Hard to Very Hard
Health:
6.66 times as much as an average (single player boss battles mode) boss.
Size:
Human size, being about the size of Ike, not counting wingspan, which is an impressive 6 feet on either side of him.
Mobile:
Yes, as mobile as a human character.
Moves:
At Full Health:
Frostflame Stike- Vulcan slashes at you with both Meggido and Tideroi at the same time (only uses when he is next to you). Fairly predictable. The hitbox of the attack is greatly increased by a disjointed flame and layer of ice that it releases, which also adds a lingering effect. Deals 10...20% damage and medium...great knockback if it hits.
Flames of the Beast- Vulcan throws a single very large fireball that splits into 6 equally sized smaller fireballs. These all home in on you and deal 3...7% damage and flinching each. The easiest way to counter this is to shield, as these don't damage shields at all.
Volcano/Geyser- Vulcan casts his hand forward and a volcanic or geyser eruption occurs under you character's current position. It rises 3 stage builder blocks upwards (but gets higher with each level, raising all the way to the top of the screen when Vulcan is at 25% health) This deals 10...25% and good...high knockback if it hits.
(It is worth noting that the next two stack multiplicatively, not additively. The Tideroi block chance is factored in AFTER the Meggido block chance, so it is actually 2 seperate instances of 10...20% not one instance of 20...40% chance. For those of you who don't understand the significance of this, this results in a lower activation rate than an additive percentage.)
Parry (Megiddo)- Vulcan blocks your melee attack with his Megiddo. 10...20% activation rate.
Parry (Tideroi)- Vulcan blocks your melee attack with Tideroi. 10...20% activation rate.
At 75% Health:
Heat Wave- Vulcan flies down to ground level, fires a beam that must be double jumped over to be dodged, then flies to the middle of the screen fires a second wave of fire that must be dodged with your recovery or by falling downwards quickly, and then flies to the top third and fires a 3rd wave that can be dodged by falling downwards. Each blast can deal 15...30% damage and good...high knockback.
Twin Towers- Vulcan disappears then appears in the middle of the screen. Two large towers of flame with a width of 5 stage builder blocks that reach up to the top of the screen appear on the left and right sides of the stage. Dodge by running to the middle of the stage. Deals 15...30% and great...very high knockback.
Hail- Vulcan holds Tideroi above his head and ice starts falling from the sky. The entire stage is effected. For 5 seconds, all characters excluding Vulcan take 1...3% per second. No knockback is dealt, not even flinching.
At 50% Health:
Chain Eruption/Chain Geyser- Vulcan casts his sword at your character. A burst of lava or hot water, much like Volcano/Geyser that reaches 3 stage builder blocks upwards and 2 horizontal (doesn't increase) occurs right in front of Vulcan. Once that one subsides, another eruption happens, and so on until the move reaches the edge. Deals 10...25% and great...very high knockback.
Flash Freeze- Vulcan stabs the ground with Tideroi. All characters, excluding Vulcan, who are currently touching the ground (and haven't sidestepped) are frozen for 2...5 seconds or until struck by another attack. In addition, they take 5...15% damage. Jumping is the simplest way to avoid this.
At 25% Health:
Vulcan Split- A red wave travels through Vulcan's right hand and a blue wave travels through Vulcan's left hand as he faces the screen and casts one hand to each side (Megiddo and Tideroi are floating in the air in front of him). A large blast (of fire on the right and water on the left) bursts from each hand and travels horizontally in its respective direction until it leaves the stage. Sidestepping or Rolling through them or jumping over them (or if its used by Vulcan in the air, falling downwards) will work to dodge these. Deals 20...35% damage and great...very high knockback.
Whirlpool- Vulcan spins Tideroi around like a fan blade. A large whirlpool whips up in the center of the stage, reaching 6 stage builder blocks distance on each side (for a diameter of 12). A character struck by this will be caught in the whirlpool, spinning around and around for 3 seconds while suffering any of Vulcan's other attacks that happen to hit. Afterwards, the foe is released and takes great...very high vertical knockback. Move away from the center to avoid.
Lake Of Fire- Vulcan unleashes the fury of Hell! Megiddo burns bright red as he lifts it into the air and says "Burn the mortals for their sins!" Suddenly a flood of lava spreads onto the stage (this happens about a second after Vulcan finishes speaking). Deals 666% damage and OHKO knockback. You must use a properly timed sidestep or aerial dodge to avoid, making this move much like a one hit version of Tabuu's "XBOX 360 attack". Will definitely have inexperienced players cussing.
Strategy-
As always, learning attack signals is crucial. Finish this fight as quickly as possible. This time, of course, you have the option to use characters with distance moves to avoid Frostfire Strike and to get around his parries. If you get down to your last character, all hope is not lost. They are a champion who deals double, or in Michael's case TRIPLE damage.
End Of Endgame
Epilogue: Victory and Sorrow
Fall of a Demon
(This part continues from the cliffhanger of the Endgame)
(After the boss battle, Vulcan is shown. An arrogant look is on his face, as the tired cast surrounds him. The cast may have won the battle, but they haven't slain him.)
Vulcan: Heh... You think you've won? You've only succeeded in annoying me.
Michael: Drop the act, Vulcan. The Durandal has weakened you.
Vulcan: Ah, but I hold all the cards, including an ace. Isn't that right, Warlord?
(The group looks at Warlord shocked. Before anyone can react, Warlord grabs the Durandal from whoever is currently holding it, based on the ending. He then walks right up to Vulcan.)
Vulcan: What a loyal puppet... now hand over the sword to your master.
Warlord: Heh... You know, Master, I still owe you for the death of my buddy. (He stabs Vulcan with the Durandal. It doesn't kill the demon, but it does leave him vulnerable).
Vulcan: What is this!? I sent my minion to put you under my control!
Warlord: Don't make me laugh... I killed your minion.
Vulcan: This isn't over... I am immortal!
Michael: Then you shall be bound to this place. (Michael turns Requiem into a holy chain. He casts it at Vulcan, binding the demon.) For 1000 years, you shall be bound to the Lake.
Vulcan: This is madness!
Warlord: Madness? THIS IS JUDGEMENT! (Warlord does the famous Sparta Kick, sending Vulcan down into the lake of fire.)
Michael: Finally, it is finished.
The Cost of Victory
(The battle to save the world was a success, but it did not come without a cost. The scene shifts to just outside the burned Castle Lionheart. A funeral is held for the fallen, with a tombstone for each dead character, Chris and Ryann being guaranteeds. If Ending 1 is chosen, they are the only ones to die. If Ending 2 is chosen, Sam's grave is between the graves of Chris and Ryann. If Ending 3 is chosen, Sam and Kelsey's graves are side by side under Chris and Ryann's graves.)
The entire kingdom showed up to mourn the fallen (whether it be just the current King and Queen, or the entire royal line.)
Every character is shown with silent tears, with the exception of villain characters.
This scene ends as the sun sets and the light of day fades from the graves.
Love Conquers All
(This scene only plays when Ending 1 is chosen).
(Sam stands on a balcony of the scorched Castle. Though still standing, it is not the grand sight it once was. The balcony is basically the window of what was once Sam's room. Sam is shown looking at the stars, mourning for his parents.)
Sam: Why... why did it have to end like this? I'm so sorry, father...
Unknown: Do you need to be alone?
(Sam turns around. Kelsey walks up to him and puts her hand on his shoulder.)
S: You can stay... forgive me if I'm not in the mood for my usual antics.
K: I know what it's like to lose your family. Its a deep hurt, even if you were to young to know them... I can't imagine how much harder this must be for you.
S: I... I'm a king now... I'm not ready for it.
K: I believe in you... whatever you decide to do, I'll be there to support it.
S: Thank you... Y'know... one remnant of my family still lives.
K: Are you proposing to me?
S: Is that what you want?
K: Forgive me, but I would prefer to spend more time at your side first.
S: A wise choice.... Kelsey.. how would you feel about me abdicating the throne?
K: If that is what you want... but tell me why you would choose this path.
S: The life of a king is full of sorrow and sacrifice. If I were to become king... I wouldn't have enough time for the one thing that matters to me... our life together. Worse than that... it would actually make you a target of treason by some powerhungry fool. For this reason... I want to be a knight... a worker... anything that would allow me build my family anew.
K: I see... Then I will stand by you.
(They embrace)
S: Thank you...
(The camera zooms out to the night sky. The stars shine brightly as one last word appears on them...)
FIN
This is my SM, or Story Mode for the Make Your Move 4.0 contest.
It will be a direct sequel to my previous SM found in this link.
http://www.smashboards.com/showpost.php?p=5364087&postcount=3932
Night had fallen at my humble abode as my friends in Make Your Move had arrived. A glorious bunch we were indeed.
I walked out and found the rest of the crew already enjoying themselves. Well... Mendez was actually high on horse tranquilizers... but I guess he was enjoying himself to. TWILTHERO looked a bit emo actually. MasterWarlord was already engaged in debate, telling everyone how they lacked detail. Mendez would argue this point if he could think... but he was really wasted. Instead the underdetailed WAMY argued with him. Kibble had already become very popular with the rest of the group, as he was surrounded by friends. The whole gang was here..... even Iron Thorn came back, though she was being hit on by multiple MYM guys. She slapped DancingFrogMan across the face.... apparently she had heard about her role in his story.
I pull out a book labeled "Armaggedon?" and open it, my white-gloved hands turning the pages. The MYM'ers gather around as I start to tell my story.
"Let me tell thee a tale, epic and grand, of a disaster that befell the land.
A story of angels, wise and pure.
A story of demons, an evil with no cure.
A story of heroes.... what a noble band.
Will they be able to save Trophy Land?
A legend of valor.
A tale of love.
All witnessed from the heavens above."
~ Chris V.
Prologue- A New Journey
Part 1- An Unexpected Visit
It has been 20 years since the events of the previous SSE and much has changed.
It was mid-day in Valios. Chris Lionheart was sitting on his throne. The years had changed his appearance some. He had grown a short beard and was someone thinner. He grasped a sword, much lighter than his original blade, which was planted in the ground by his throne. Little did he know, an old friend would be coming for a surprise visit.
A brilliant burst of light appears in the throne room. A rather frilly looking man with red hair walks out. ZELOS WILDER
In response to this the castle guards point their weapons at the intruder.
Zelos: Woah... Chill. You'll regret hurting someone as beautiful as me.
Chris starts laughing.
Chris: Guards, lower your weapons. This man is a friend. Leave this place so I can catch up with an old friend.
The guards leave and the two resume their conversation.
Chris: You haven't changed a bit, Zelos. Its nice to see you.
Zelos: Woah, you're actually being nice to me. Looks like you have changed, Loverboy.
Chris: *laughing* Its been a long time since I've been called that. Sadly you are right. I've aged twenty years. You don't look like you've aged a day.
Zelos: That's because I haven't. In Trophy Land, we don't age a day. Sadly, I haven't come here just for pleasant conversation. Something is happening in Trophy Land, Chris. We could really use your strength.
Chris: I.... I'm sorry. My strength has been fading over time. Ever since I took that wound, I can no longer hold my old blade. Even if I did possess the might to aid you, I would be unable. My duties as King are demanding.
Zelos: You don't understand. Yesterday, our land became infested with demons!
Chris: WHAT?!
Zelos: I'm afraid its true. We have barely been able to keep them under control. The desert has already been completely over-run by the foul creatures.
Chris: This bodes il....
Zelos: I have come to request your help in this war. You already have experience slaying a demon.
Chris: ... I don't know what to do... My own country needs me... my old friends need me... I don't know what to do.
Unknown: Allow me to help them, father.
A young man, 18 years of age, walks in. SAM LIONHEART
He is accompanied by a young female, KELSEY, and a soldier with a longsword MICHAEL
Zelos: Father?!.... *Zelos starts laughing* This is great! Good job Loverboy!
Sam: *chuckling* Is this one of your old friends, father? I already like him.
Chris: This is Zelos Wilder, the man responsible for saving my life twenty years ago. Zelos, this is my son, Sam.
Zelos: So you want to fight, boy. What can you do?
Sam removes the axe strapped to his back, Gram.
Sam: With this weapon, none can stand up to me.
Kelsey: Ugh...when will you grow up?
Sam: Hey, beautiful, why do have to be so harsh?
Kelsey: Becau-
Kelsey is interrupted by Zelos.
Zelos: *laughing his *** off* Things just keep getting better and better! Hey, Chris, your son's a junior Casanova!
Kelsey: .....
Sam: *chuckling* This guy is awesome.
Kelsey: I don't like him. Almost as much as I don't like you.
Sam: You'll come around. Anyway, don't try to stop me, father. I'm going to fight.
Chris: If that is what you want, then I won't interfere. Just promise me that you'll come back alive.
Sam: Will you be joining me, Kels?
Kelsey: *sighs* I guess I have no choice.
Michael: I'll be joining you as well. I can't allow the prince to be killed by the followers of Satan.
Zelos: The others will be disappointed to not see Chris again, but I'm sure they'll be glad to have his son around. The other warriors will be a great help as well. There isn't much time to lose. Get together any food, weaponry, and other supplies you might need. I can't guarantee that this journey will be easy.
Sam: For me, it will be.
Kelsey: ....
Part 2- Departure
By the end of the day, the group had prepared for their journey and said their goodbyes to their parents. All of them, even Sam (though he wouldn't admit it), knew that they may not survive the battles ahead.
Zelos: Okay. To get back to my world, we'll have to use a bit of warp powder. Ready?
Sam: I was born ready.
Zelos: All right.
Zelos scatters warp powder in the air. As it envelops the group, they are warped to a field near the Mushroom Kingdom in Trophy Land.
Sam: Woah that was weird.
Zelos: Welcome to Trophy Land, home of beautiful women, sandy beaches, and most recently an ***load of hell spawns. Speaking of which, we're under attack.
Level 1 Part 1- First Fight
Playable Characters- Sam Lionheart, Kelsey, Michael (at this point, a Marth clone), Zelos Wilder
Objective- Defeat 30 demons
Details-
Ok this is your first fight, and fortunately its really easy.
You fight some imps from Spawn: Armaggedon. They have low hp and are easy to defeat, their only annoying tactic being a fireball projectile.
Zelos: Well that was annoying.
Sam: No more enemies? Come on, I didn't even break a sweat!
Kelsey: ....
Zelos: Now that that's over with, lets get you guys to Peach's castle. Its one of the few safe areas in Trophy Land right now.
Level 1 Part 2- To The Castle
Playable Characters- Sam Lionheart, Kelsey, Michael (Marth Clone), Zelos Wilder
Objective- Get to Peach's castle
Details-
Your first side-scrolling level. Fortunately it's really straight forward.
You will have to fight imps along the way. They spawn by bursting from flames out of the ground.
Zelos: We've arrived.
Kelsey: There sure are a lot of guards posted here.
Zelos: Yes. The toads aren't really strong guards so many of them are necessary to keep the demons out. Well, lets not stand around and wait to be attacked again.
End of Prologue.
Chapter 1- The Plot Unfolds
Part 1- Heroes Unite
Zelos guides the Valian heroes to Peach's castle. Many others have already made their way here, including the heroes of Hyrule.
As if anticipating the heroes arrival, Zelda waits at the door.
Zelda: Welcome back, Zelos. I see you've brought company.
Zelda guides the new arrivals into the throne room, where Peach, Sain, Link, Marth, Mario, and Luigi wait for them.
Peach: COMPANY! Oooh and one of them is cute *points at Sam*.
Sam: I'm flattered.... (In his mind he's thinking "Oh, great... a crazy blonde chick likes me.")
Sain: Woah.... Forgetting someone?
Everyone laughs at this.
Peach: What a beautiful girl!..... But that outfit won't due. I'll have to find something for you.
Kelsey: *sighs* .... Can't I just wear what I've got on? (In her mind she is thinking "Oh, great... another pampered noble.")
Peach: No! Girls like us must look beautiful!
Zelos and Sam start snickering (despite his seemingly unsymphathetic expression Sam is thinking "Poor Kels.... that blonde is going to torture her.")
Unfortunately for Kelsey, she didn't really have much say in it. Peach practically dragged her to her room (wow... Peach is strong) and picked out an outfit for her.
Zelda: Well, now that thats over, lets get down to business. Where is Chris?
Sam: Father wasn't able to attend, but don't worry. You've got something even better... me.
Zelda: Just because you're the son of a hero doesn't mean that you're going to be one.
Sam: But it sure doesn't hurt.
Zelos: Just give the kid a chance. Hell, he may live up to his father's legacy after all.
Zelda: Very well, and who are the other 2 people you brought.
Zelos: His escorts.
After they finish speaking, Black Hawk helicopters fly in from the distance, very loudly might I add. In one of the helicopters is a Foxhound agent, Snake.
Zelos: Looks like we've got company. Everything's looking up.
Unfortunately, it wouldn't be so great, as the helicopters are assaulted by flying imps.
The people inside the castle looked on in horror as the helicopters are shot down by the firebreathing demons.
Snake jumps out of his helicopter and fights back with his nikita launcher (and other explosive projectiles).
Level 1- Part 1- Black Hawks Down
Playable Characters- Snake
Objective- Destroy the flying imps (20 total)
Details-
This is pretty straight-forward. The imps can fly around all over the place, so while you can fight them with your aerials, projectiles may be more effective.
Look out for their annoying fireball projectiles.
Snake: Well that was annoying....
It was much more than annoying. All of the helicopters were totaled. The only good news is that there were survivors, including Snake.
Snake and his remaining troops enter Peach's castle.
Zelos: Well if it isn't Mr. Bond himself.
Snake: Very funny, Wilder. If you haven't noticed, now isn't the time for jokes.
Snake throws a pack of pictures on the table. They are labeled Donna Letman Photography.
Snake: These pictures were taken in the desert. It would appear as though a portal to hell has sprung up in its center. Foxhound doesn't have enough troops to send in and close it, judging by the sheer amount of demons exiting that thing, so I came here seeking aid.
Zelos: That explains why we haven't been able to secure the desert. Atleast now we know where we've got to go. This shouldn't take long.
Snake: Didn't you just see my helicopters get blown to ****!? Now we have to walk all the way there, while dealing with these accursed creatures!
Sam: Atleast it won't be boring.
Snake: It gets worse. That portal is growing. Within weeks the entire land will be covered by it!
Zelos: Things just keep getting better and better!
Snake: Exactly. Now start preparing. Tomorrow we must head out. Time is of the essence.
Part 2- Kelsey's New Dress
Kelsey didn't rejoin the rest of the cast for several hours after being dragged away by Peach. Sam went to check on her. He found her on the castle balcony, probably trying to avoid the rest of the characters.
She was wearing a long pink dress, which obviously made her feel uncomfortable
Sam: Hi.
Kelsey: Hi.
Sam: What's wrong? You look a bit upset.
Kelsey: I hate this dress.
Sam starts laughing.
Kelsey: ..... real sensitive, Sam.
Sam: I'm sorry.... I can't help but find the situation funny.
Kelsey: I don't see why its funny. That insane princess has me dressed up like the very thing I hate... a pampered princess.
Sam: Ironic isn't it? To be honest, I found you cuter before.
Kelsey starts laughing at this.
Sam: I made you laugh? Well thats a first.
Kelsey: Yeah, it is.... Thanks for checking on me. Did I miss anything?
Sam: Yeah.... some really weird stuff happened. Strange flying vehicles arrived here, got smote down by demons and now we've got some strangely armored soldiers here. There was also some stuff about a door to Hell. It all sounds bad. Basically, now we're walking all the way through a desert to stop this thing.
Kelsey: Atleast it won't be boring.
Sam: *chuckling* Thats what I said.... Well we leave tomorrow. Be sure to get some sleep. Good night.
Kelsey: Good night...
End of Chapter 1.
Chapter 2- The First Day
Part 1- The Sun Rises
The sun rises the next morning, spreading its golden light over the horizon.
It shines brightly through the windows, waking up most of the heroes.
The only one not up was the young prince Sam. In his early morning laziness, he couldn't seem to get out of bed. A knock on his door forces a reply from the lethargic prince.
Sam: 5 more minutes....
Unknown: Get up you lazy prince.
Sam: ..... Your words call me lazy but your tone says you like me, Kelsey
Sam gets out of bed and puts on his shirt and cloak (jacket), yawning as he moves around a bit sluggishly.
Sam: *mumbling* I hate mornings....
He opens the door only to find that Kelsey had already walked off, probably preparing to leave.
Throughout the castle, the other heroes had their own morning routines.
Peach stared at herself in the mirror, taking forever to brush her hair (typical girl....). On the other side of the castle, Marth was doing the same thing.
Peach: Mirror, mirror, on the wall. Who's the most prettiest of them all?
Marth: Oh yeah, I'm handsome. Sheeda's one lucky girl.
Link was already practicing his sword-fighting in the courtyard. His SKRAHHH!!! could be heard from inside the castle.
Link: SKRAHHHH!!!! SKRAHHH!!!! SKRAHHH!!!!!
Mario and Luigi thought ahead and were already packing pizza for the trip. Whats a good adventure without good food?
Luigi: Weegee makes the best pizza.
Mario shakes his head in disagreement and points to himself, as if to say "I make the best pizza."
Zelos was nowhere to be found. Knowing him, it was safe to assume that he was spying on the ladies.
Zelos: Oh, yeah... That Peach is one fine woman. **** I think she heard me.....
Sain had apparently forgot to tell Peach how beautiful she was.... she made him sleep on the couch.
Sain: *yawns* Peach may be beautiful, but she knows how to punish a man....
Zelda played the ocarina. It was an entertaining way to start her day.
Zelda: There's nothing like music to wake you up in the morning.
Snake was reading his.... magazines.
Snake: I need a new issue....
Once everyone was ready, the group set out off and an epic adventure begins.
Part 2- Moving Out
The heroes head out, guided by a map of the continent. Their trail would be through the forest that surrounds the Mushroom Kingdom, through the swamp, and finally into the desert. They would head through the center of the forest, to pick up Ike and Mia who, as Princess Zelda had last been informed, were living in a humble home east of the Mushroom Kingdom.
Part 2- Level 1- The Mushroom Kingdom
Playable Characters- Sam Lionheart, Kelsey, Zelos, Michael (Marth Clone), Zelda, Peach, Sain, Marth, Mario, Luigi, Snake
Objectives- Journey through the Mushroom Kingdom
Music- Mushroom Kingdom
Details-
A side-scrolling level with a bit of Mario. You play on a standard Mario level, complete with breakable blocks and stuff like that. Basically it looks a lot like the first level of Melee's Adventure mode.
The enemies are usually goombas, koopa troopas, koopa paratroopas, and other common Mario enemies.
At some points, imps will spawn and attack you. When this happens, the music switches to a bad***, but generic, metal song.
This level takes about 10-15 minutes to complete, if you speed through it.
At the end of this level, the group sees Bowser fighting off a group of demons and joins in the fight.
Part 2- Level 2- Saving... BOWSER?!
Playable Characters- Bowser, Sam Lionheart, Kelsey, Michael (Marth Clone), Zelos Wilder, Zelda, Peach, Sain, Marth, Mario, Luigi
Objectives- Defeat the demons (100 total)
Song- A generic metal song
Details-
This is pretty straightforward. Just defeat the demons, which consist mostly of imps and flying imps.
There are also Whip demons, female demons which strike with their long-reaching whips.
Bowser, rather than fighting the group that just saved him, makes a nodding gesture and joins the group as the travel out of the Mushroom kingdom.
The group reaches the border of the Mushroom Kingdom. Signs have been posted by the toads who once lived in this area. The signs are within 100 feet of each other, and the group passes by them one by one.
"The forest lies ahead. Enter at your own risk."
"Beware of demons"
"Turn Back."
"I'm warning you."
"No, seriously, enter here and you are screwed."
"Ok, fine, buddy. Don't blame me when you die."
Zelos: Hahaha, those last two were kind of funny.
Zelda: This is no laughing matter... those signs forecast danger.
Luigi: Weegee is scared... HOLD WEEGEE!!!
Luigi jumps in Peach's arms. She slaps him and throws him to the ground.
This causes everyone to burst in to laughter.
Luigi: Everyone hates Weegee....
Most of the heroes are now nervous and a bit frightened. Still, they march on into the unknown and don't turn back as Peach's castle disappears in the distance behind them.
End of Chapter 2.
Chapter 3-7 - Gaiden: The Sandbag Stories
Cutscene- The Guiding Hand
One man watches the universe from his own dimension, providing a guiding hand when necessary. AEON
Aeon can cross time and space, manipulating the fate of the world at will. Little is known about this mysterious man. Though considered to be good, his motives remain hidden.
Aeon forms a rift and peers through it. He is shocked at what he sees. The universe known as trophy land is bordering on destruction. Aeon witnesses as the hell hole increases in size steadily.
Aeon: The balance of the universe is being overturned.... this bodes il. I must intervene. The nature of my ways must not yet be revealed to the universe..... I must find five heroes worthy of this task.
Aeon begins his task by opening rifts to the different worlds and dimensions that are directly connected to Trophy Land. One particular dimension catches his eye.... the planet Earth.
Chapter 3- The Just King Of The Seas
History has told us the stories of many famous pirates, from Blackbeard to Jack Sparrow (LOL WUT?) One great pirate has gone unnamed by history. His nature was unlike the others. The corrupt rulers of the earth wished to hide such nobility from the people in fear that they might mimic this seafaring champion. His tale was thus never sung by the bards.
His name, was King K. Rool.
Part 1- The Robin Hood of the Seas
It is sometime in the 1500's. K. Rool's ship is seen heading towards the port of Britain. K. Rool orders his men to lower the sails, hiding the banner of the great K. Rool. He raises his hat and looks into the distance. His target has been spotted. The very castle of England shall host his raid. This would be his greatest theft ever. If successful, he would be able to greatly help the poor surfs of England.
K. Rool tips his hat back down and pulls out his knife. Obviously he wouldn't be able to take his cannon into the throne of his enemy... he would need to be stealthy.
He pulls a cloak out of the chest in his quarters, draping it over his shoulders and hiding his garments. He should be well disguised from the nobility in this garb. As he steps out onto the deck, a red parrot flies to the ship and perches on his shoulder. IAGO
K. Rool: What news to you have for me Iago.
Iago: The guards are on holiday today. Its perfect.
K. Rool: Excellent. You've done your job well. You can wait on the ship. I'll do this alone.
Iago flies of his shoulder and perches in the crow's nest.
The crew lowers the anchor.
K. Rool: And so it begins.
Level One- Raiding The Jewel of England
K. Rool has arrived at the castle. On the wall of the castle is a wanted poster with his face on it.... or what is actually a hilariously bad drawing of his face. It has a poorly drawn mustache on it.
"King K. Rool-
Wanted for thievery, murder, and treason to the queen.
Reward- 1 Million Gald (wait... wtf.... GALD?!)
The first task would be to take out the guards.
Level One- Part 1- The Schawn Brigade
*Sorry can't find a picture*
The Schawn Brigade are the 3 most useless knights in Tales of Vesperia. They are basically only there for comic relief/annoyance. One of them is a tall ugly French looking guy. One of them is a riduclously short spearman. The 3rd is a fat guy who appears to be the leader of the group.
They are, for some odd reason, serving as the guards of the castle. Your first task, to knock them out.
Playable Characters- King K. Rool
Objectives- Defeat the Schawn Brigade
Details-
You are unable to use your cannon. Your specials are replaced with specials much like Marth's and you must solely rely on your dagger.
Each member of the Schawn brigade has one stock.
Tweedle A (the French guy) is medium weight and shouldn't be to hard to KO. He fights using sword attacks of medium speed.
Tweedle B (the short guy) is lightweight and should be easy to KO. He fights using fast and far reaching, but weak spear attacks.
Tweedle C (the "captain") is a heavyweight and fights with a sword. His attacks are the slowest and most powerful of the three.
You have 3 stocks.
K. Rool tips his hat to his unconcious foes after winning.
K. Rool: Well, well. That sure was easy. Now that I've bested the fail brigade, lets get down to business.
Level One- Part 2- Into The Castle
Playable Characters- King K. Rool
Objectives- Get to the jewel of England.
Details-
You are still unable to use your cannon. Your specials are replaced by Marth's specials and you rely solely on your dagger.
This is a side scrolling level. You must make your way through the castle, avoiding the guards as much as possible. This is going to feel a lot like Metal Gear Solid. If you happen to be spotted by a guard, you must incapacitate them and drag their body off into a corner or something. If you don't hide the body, you will draw lots of attention to yourself, making this level much... much harder than it has to be.
One interesting feature is the ability to hide in shadows. Just step inside and watch the soldiers miss you.
After this level, K. Rool finds the jewel in the most predictable place, the throne room. Its guarded pretty heavily.... but whats this? Something is going on.
Cutscene- Prince Traitor
K. Rool looks at the scene in front of him. The prince draws a sword and points it at the king and queen. He cuts them down and takes the crown off of his father's head.
Laughing manically the prince sits on the throne, pushing his father's body off the chair.
The camera once again shifts to K. Rool as he thinks of his next move.
K. Rool: Well... its not or never.
K. Rool jumps out of the shadows and charges at the prince like a ninja, cutting down the soldiers in his way. He then leaps at the corrupt ruler and thrusts his dagger down. The prince parries the blow.
Level One- Part 3~ Boss Battle- Prince Charming
Play As- King. K. Rool
Details-
You are still locked to your dagger only. Your specials are replaced with Marth's specials.
You have 2 stocks to beat this boss.
Prince charming is mobile and can shield, sidestep, and air dodge just like a human character. He can take knockback.
His health is that of a normal boss.
Prince Charming has the following attacks:
Sword Thrust-
Prince Charming brushes his hair back, leans forward and stabs. A slow attack due to his narcism. Deals 10....25% and medium.....high knockback.
Sword Slash-
The prince throws his head back and does a fruity hair flip. He then slashes. A slow attack due to his vanity. Deals 12...27% and good....high (higher than Sword Thrust) knockback.
Counter-
Works a lot like the Counter of an FE character, but it deals a set 10....20% damage and low...great knockback. Its frames are about the same as Ike's.
I'm To Sexy-
Anyone who has watched the Shrek American Idol knows what I'm talking about. Prince Charming starts singing "I'm to Sexy". If you are within half of Final Destination, you take 5....10% per second you are within that distance. You don't flinch. He pulls out a microphone before singing.
This boss would probably fall into the Easy category.
Cutscene- The Crown Jewel Of England
The evil prince lies incapacitated on the floor. K. Rool doesn't wish to kill anyone. His gaze shifts towards his prize, a large diamond. K. Rool reaches for the priceless gem, takes it, and hides it in his cloak.
Not wishing to waste time, the great pirate bolts into the shadows to leave the castle.
Level One- Part 4~ Leaving the Castle
Playable Characters- K. Rool
Details-
Do I even have to say this again?
This is just like the 2nd part but in reverse.
After K. Rool leaves the castle, he hears the giant bell ringing.
K. Rool: It would appear I have been discovered. Time to take my leave of this place.
K. Rool tries to slip through the crowd, but he is soon recognized by the city guard. Looks like its time to run.
Level 2- Escaping Britain
Level 2- Part 1~ To The Port
Playable Character- King K. Rool
Again, the cannon is not available and your specials are the same as Marth's.
Details-
This is a side-scrolling level. Arrive at the port in under 10 minutes.
The enemies are all common generic sword-wielding guards.
Cutscene- Leaving The Harbor
As K. Rool arrives at the harbor, he sees soldiers interrogating his crew. With no time to spare, he follows his first instinct and incapacitates them.
K. Rool: Get to work everyone. We need to get out of here and fast.
K. Rool's crew raises the anchor, lets the sails loose and the ship leaves the harbor.
Iago starts squawking nervously as he sees the Bristish Navy ships chasing them. It quickly becomes worse as they are soon surrounded by the Royal Navy.
K. Rool: Looks like its the end of the line.
The hand of fortune was on the pirate, however, as the navy ships are warped to another dimension.
Another rift forms aboard K. Rool's ship. Aeon walks through the portal.
The crew points their swords at the silver-haired stranger, but K. Rool orders a parle.
K. Rool: What is your name stranger?
Aeon: I am the hand of fate. That is all you need to know about me.
K. Rool: Was it you that banished the ships?
Aeon: Indeed it was. I have seen you to be a worthy hero. There is a great danger that must be stopped. Come with me.
K. Rool: And leave my crew behind.
Aeon: Fear not, for you will not be gone long. I could bring you back to this instant if I wanted.
K. Rool: Interesting.... But why should I trust you?
Aeon: Would you rather face imminent danger?
K. Rool: I will trust you for now... but cross me and you shall find yourself at the tip of my blade.
K. Rool whistles for Iago. The bird once again perches on his shoulder.
K. Rool: Are you going to come with me, Iago?
Iago: Whats in it for me?
K. Rool: If you don't, I'm going to return you to the sultan. You don't want that do you?
Iago: NO! NO CRACKERS!
K. Rool: *chuckling* I thought as much.
And so K. Rool, Aeon and Iago vanish into the rift.
One hero has been recruited for the quest to save Trophy Land... actually the entire universe.... 4 more remain.
End of Chapter 3.
Chapter 4: A Knight In Shining Armor
For ages, the bards hath sung the tales of many great knights. The black knight, King Arthur, Sir Lancelot, and Gahalad, just to name a few. One knight's tale has gone unsung. Its greatness hasn't touched the ears of man. But I tell thee now that this knight was the noblest to ever bear the weight of his armor and fight for those who counted on him.
It all started in Dreamland. A curious case had occured in the Kibble race. A human child was delivered into their home. They raised it and called it one of them, dressing him in the golden armor of their people. One problem had arisen, however. He grew far faster than any of them, becoming almost as tall as King Dedede himself. Naturally it became harder to give him armor, but the kind Kibbles provided for him anyway. SirKibble became adept in boomerang combat, even beating most of the Kibble race.
And then one day, SirKibble met with Kibble Claus (lol do you see where this is going?) Kibble Claus told him the sad truth.
Kibble Claus: I'm sorry SirKibble, but you're not a Kibble.
SirKibble: What?! NOOOOOO!!!!
Kibble Claus: Its true. You come from a magic land named Camelot.
SirKibble: Camelot? What can you tell me of this land?
Kibble Claus: I have been there many times in my travels. Its people aren't always the jolliest, but it is a wondrous place no less. Just a couple words of advice. 1) If you see an apple lying on the ground, its not free food. and 2) Many taverns will claim to be the first, but the real one is located near the castle.
SirKibble was distraught, saddened because he wasn't really a Kibble. He ran away and traveled to earth. He traveled through the magical Wispy Woods and the great forests of Dreamland.
Level One- The Wispy Woods
Playable Characters- SirKibble
Objectives- Make it through the Wispy Woods
Details-
This is a side-scrolling level. It will feel very much like the Kirby games (except that you aren't Kirby) and feature many Kirby enemies, including the sub-boss Wispy Woods at the end. Since every Kirby fan knows of Wispy Woods, I won't bother posting his attacks and whatnot.
Finally Kibble made it to Camelot. It was indeed a magical land just as Kibble Claus had told him. People who looked much like him (without the armor) rode around on strange and wondrous beasts. They did the strangest things.. like kill each other with weapons of steel. SirKibble hoped that he wouldn't have to kill any of them. Kibble finds an apple lying on the ground. Without a second thought he picks it up and eats it. And wouldn't you know it... the next thing he does is go into a tavern and congratulate them on being the first. He looked like a complete idiot, but he was oblivious to the situation.
Kibble had learned that his real father was King Arthur himself, and so he went to pay his daddykins a visit. He even brought him a pitcher of ale as a gift.
The guards laughed at the strange knight but let him in anyway. Kibble made a hilarious scene at the Round Table, so funny that it belongs in Monty Python. Kibble drops the ale on Arthur's desk and hugs the king, embarassing him so much that he called the guards to take Kibble out of the castle. As he was being dragged away, Kibble said some words to his father.
SirKibble: Thats ok, daddy. I love you! See you later! These guards are so strong!
As SirKibble left, the Knights of the Round Table laughed their ***es off, pointing at King Arthur and slapping him on the back. Most of them were already drunk so it was even funnier for them.
After Kibble was dragged out of the castle, Camelot came under attack by enemy knights. The people of the city were being chased down and killed by the invaders.
SirKibble: Whats going on? These visitors are killing innocent people... They are meanies!
Level Two- Saving Camelot
SirKibble didn't have to think twice. He pulled out his bladed boomerangs and joined the frey!
Level Two- Part One~ Invaders
Playable Characters- SirKibble
Objectives- Defeat 30 enemies
Details-
This is simple. Just defeat the enemies as they appear and this should be over shortly. Your opponents consists of generic fast swordsman, slow but strong axe murderers, well rounded spear users, and fast moving horse knights whose attacks stats are based on their weapon (sword, axe, or spear). Your boomerang throws should make short work of them.
The enemies around Kibble have been slain by the golden knight, but many still remain throughout the city. You know what to do.
Level Two- Part Two~ Purging Camelot
Playable Characters- SirKibble
Objectives- Drive out the invaders
Details-
This level is much less straight-forward, neither a side-scroller or a single multi-man fight. Instead it will feel a lot like a Tales of *something* game. You explore the town, finding the invaders and then when you walk up to one, a Brawl match begins. You can visit a tavern at any time to heal up. The opponents are the same as before, but now fragile but annoying archers and slow but heavy knights are added to the enemy roster.
The last task in this level is a boss fight. You must find them after all the other enemies are purged from the city. They are located at the castle, where you started. The enemy commander and his son serve as a "double boss" of sorts.
Boss Battle- The Saxon Leaders
These bosses are as mobile as human players. The more experienced father can defend himself just like a playable character. His son, on the other hand, lacks these abilities and tries to keep his distance and shoot you with a crossbow to protect himself.
The son has about 25% of the normal boss hp. His father has 50% of the normal boss hp.
Attacks:
Crossbow Shot (Son)- Fires a crossbow bolt across the stage. It flies about the speed of a laser and deals 5...20% damage and low...good knockback. If it hits the father, it will damage him, so try to jump over the shot and let it hit daddy.
Sword Slash (Son)- If you get near him, he will try to slash at you to fight back. He isn't the stoutest of melee fighters, as his attack is slow and not hard to interrupt. Deals 10...25% and average...great knockback. If it hits the father it will damage him.
Sword Slash (Father)- The dad is more agressive. He will try to stay in your face. His slash is a bit faster but still a bit slow and deals 10....25% damage and average...great knockback. If it hits the son it will damage him. Try to keep in the sons face and watch them hack away at each other. =D
Counter (Father)- Its just a pretty standard FE counter. It deals an auto 10...20% damage and low...average knockback. He won't use this to often. The frames are the same as Ike's.
Difficulty- Once you master the fairly simple style of eliminating the son first, this fight shouldn't be to hard. Medium difficulty tops.
After the boss is defeated, King Arthur is proud of SirKibble. He praises his combat skills and offers you a position in the knights of the round table.
Before SirKibble can accept, however, a portal opens up near him. The silver-haired Aeon, accompanied by King K. Rool steps out of the portal.
Aeon informs Kibble of the dangers facing his former family in Dreamland and how it will spread to this world if given the time. Kibble is torn in two by this, but King Arthur allows him to leave. SirKibble steps through the portal with Aeon and King K. Rool. 2 heroes have been recruited. 3 more remain.
End of Chapter 4.
Chapter 5- The Great Warlord
This tale takes place in the great land of Sparta, an age long remembered by history. You may have heard this story before.... the legend of 300 Spartans holding off for 3 days against tens of thousands of Persians. The name Leonidas has become famous. There was one on the field even greater than he, however. His name was forgotten because of King Leonidas's legend. He was the 301st Spartan... the one who lived.
His name.... was MasterWarlord.
Level One- The Road to Battle
After Leonidas assembles his Spartans they begin skipping to the point of battle. MasterWarlord did not join in the stupidity, and rather marched ahead of the group, taking out any enemy in their path.
Level One- Part One~ I Will Survive
Playable Characters- MasterWarlord
Objective- Lead the Spartans to the defense point, where the enemies numbers won't count for ****.
Details-
This is a pretty simple and humorous side-scrolling level. You will have to guide the Spartans, who are holding hands and skipping, to their post. The song "I Will Survive" is playing in the background.
Your enemies will consist of generic Persians, scouts who arrived in Sparta before the main force. They work much like the knights of the previous chapter and consist of sword, axe, spear, and bow.
The Spartans set up camp at their post.
Soon they had a visitor. It was none other than the hunchback, Paris Hilton.
MasterWarlord: No wai... I've seen this movie before... *kills Paris Hilton with his axe*.
Leonidas: Wtf, you just killed her man.
MasterWarlord: She might have been a spy....
Leonidas: Well, whats done is done... lets get hydrated!
Leonidas pulls out many bottles of Gatorade... Is it in you?
Level One- Part Two~ The Dance Off
Later that day, emissaries of the Persians came to make a truce with the Spartans.
Persians: You must surrender to us.
MasterWarlord: Why don't you go play a game of hide and go **** yourself?
Persians: Very well... we must have a dance off.
Leonidas: SPARTANS! LETS STOMP THE YARD!
Playable Characters- MasterWarlord
Objectives- Win the dance off
Details-
This is actually quite simple. Simply press the buttons (A, B, X, Y, Z on a Gamecube Controller) as they appear on the screen. MasterWarlord will pull off random and awesome dance moves as you progress, including the worm, the robot, breakdancing, and finally, the Napoleon Dance. It gets a bit harder progressively as it goes along.
Each time you defeat a Persian, they become a sore loser and try to kill you. They each have the stamina of a primid, except for the captain who has the durability of a playable character (must be knocked off the screen) and fights a lot like Link, without the Neutral, Down, and Side Special.
Leonidas: Lets run them off the cliffs!
The spartan soldiers push the Persians off the cliff. They scream as they fall to their dooms.
Level Two- 3 Days of Defense
Level Two- Part One~ The First Day
The Persians have come for the first day of *** kicking. Show em what you're made of!
Playable Characters- MasterWarlord
Objective- Defeat 30 Persians
Details-
This is a straight-forward Multi-Man Brawl. The enemies are just like those in the first part, consisting of fast swordsman, strong axeman, well-rounded spearmen, and annoying archers. This shouldn't be to hard.
The Spartans rest for the night and prepare for the second day. The stern Warlord stays up to keep watch.
Level Two- Part Two~ The Second Day
And so the Persians try to unleash their great power on the Spartans. Their magics are devastating.
Playable Characters- MasterWarlord
Objective- Defeat 40 Persians
Details-
Again pretty straight forward. This is much like the previous part except now the Persians have added bombers (who use Link-Style bombs) to their numbers.
The Spartans have won yet another day, but they all know that they will probably not hold out another day.
MasterWarlord: So whats the plan?
Leonidas: It is simple. We keep holding our ground here. Tomorrow will be the day we die!
Soldiers: WHAT?!
Leonidas: Yes, little do the Persians know that in Sparta the greatest honor is to die in battle!
Captain: Thats a ****ty plan.
MasterWarlord: Indeed.... IT NEEDS MOAR DETAIL!!!
Leonidas: Nevermind that... TONIGHT WE DINE AT HOOTERS!
Soldiers: YAY!
Leonidas: Eat from them.... EVERYTHING.... and tip them... NOTHING!
Soldiers: YAY!!!!
Even the serious MasterWarlord was temporarily swayed by this. Who can resist the buffalo wings... right... the buffalo wings. >_>
Level Two- Part Three~ The Third Day
The Persians make their last assault, giving it everything. The Spartans will surely die today.
Playable Characters- MasterWarlord
Objectives- Defeat the Persians
Details-
This part lets you exlore similarly to the 3rd level of Kibble's Chapter. This time, however it will be more like Grand Theft Auto. You will be able to not only cut up your foe's with your axe but you can also pick up guns from the Grand Theft Auto games and jack cars just for the hell of it (oh and you can run over people to =D). There are probably about 100 enemies on the field and you have 2 stocks of 300% health to take care of them all.
The cowardly Xerces uses the Transformer Cube to crush the Spartans!
Boss Battle- Xerces Tron
*No image available... Basically its a giant TV screen with Xerces's face on it*
Play As: MasterWarlord
Size- Really big... probably about the size of Petey Pirana
Hp- Normal Boss Hp
Difficulty- Medium
How it works-
Its basically like the fight with Petey Pirahna but Xerces Tron stays in place, trying to swing his arms at you while playing Youtube Poops.
Swing Arms- Just like Petey Pirahna.
CDi Poop- Plays a CDi Zelda youtube poop. At scenes with the King, your character is forced to laugh, making them vulnerable to attacks while they do. This can be avoided by watching the videos on youtube or playing this fight enough times to learn where The King appears and sidestepping/airdodging/rolling when he does.
PINGAS- Xerces's speakers start saying PINGAS PINGAS PINGAS, while Robotnik is on the screen. Your character takes 3...7% damage with every PINGAS. You don't take damage if you are about half of FD or more away from him.
Ash's ******** Adventure- Starts playing this youtube poop and quoting random things from the poop such as "LEATHER BELT" or AHHHHHH. These quotes have a variety of effects.
LEATHER BELT- A bolt of lightning comes from the sky. On intense it has the same damage and knockback as Pikachu's supr gawd down b. On easy it would do about 1/3 of that damage and knockback.
AHHHHHH!!!!- An explosion about the size of Snake's grenade occurs where you are. Move away or dodge quickly to avoid taking damage. Deals 10....25% damage and average...great knockback.
You Fell The Crap Down- If you are in the air, you quickly fall down to the ground and take 5...20% damage. Airdodge, meteor cancel, or simply be on the ground to avoid.
MasterWarlord: THIS IS SPARTA!
MasterWarlord chops Xerces's power cord. Xerces falls on the Spartans (including Leonidas) except for MasterWarlord.
As the Persians charge the last living member of the Spartans, Aeon appears out of his rift and freezes time.
MasterWarlord: Who are you?
Aeon: I am the hand of fate. Come with me, this world is in a danger that must be stopped.
MasterWarlord: Whats in it for me?
Aeon: Would you rather face them? *Points to the Persians*
MasterWarlord: Lol... those underdetailed noobs can't hope to beat me.
Aeon: Dracula is among them.
MasterWarlord: Oh crap... I'll come.
(Little did MasterWarlord know, Dracula wasn't among them. =P)
MasterWarlord and Dracula step into the portal.
3 heroes have been recruited. 2 remain.
End of Chapter 5.
Chapter 6- Nightmare In Transylvania
Not all places can be epic or grand... this was surely no promised land. This story takes place in gloomy Transylvania, a realm long haunted by the worst fears of man. Vampires, werewolves, and demons owned the night, all ruled by the king of fright. Dracula was his name and it was a source of great fear. But a man named Mendez hunts the monster.... will evil's end be near?
Level One- Gloomy Town
It was a typical day in Transylvania.... everyone was slow and gloomy, fearful of the dangers that would hit them next. Noone was brave enough to fight.... there was no safe escape. Mendez was really out of place. He seemed oblivious to the danger... or he didn't care.
Mendez walks into a tavern towards the small central hub.... if you can call it that... of the gothic town. He kicks the door down, much to the displeasure of the barkeep. He walks over to the counter, still looking all badass, and sits down, putting his feet on the table.
Barkeep: What will you be having?
Mendez: A pint of ale and make it strong.
Mendez pulls a gold coin out of his pocket and slaps it on the counter. A lot of the shady people in the tavern glare at him. As he waits for his drink, Mendez looks around... the tavern is a pretty dark place. A lot of questionable individuals sat at the tables... mostly arrogant bounty hunters trying to put their name in the history books as Dracula's killer. One particularly mysterious individual sat in the corner, sipping what looked to be a fine wine. His face was hidden in the shadows and Mendez couldn't make out the details of it.
The barkeep slides Mendez his ale. As he drinks it, some of the ruffians in the tavern walk over to Mendez, cracking their knuckles intimidatingly. Mendez is not bothered by this and even chuckles before continuing to drink his beverage. This was until one of the brutes pulled out a pistol and shot his glass. It shattered, covering the counter in its shards and spilling ale over the sides.
Mendez: What was that for?
A particularly greasy looking hunter answers him crudely.
Man: We don't appreciate your kind in here?
Mendez: What... the handsome kind, or the kind with hygiene?
Man: A wise-guy eh? Well me and the other men here have the solution to that.
The man pops his neck and his knuckles and draws a silver sword. All the other ruffians in the tavern draw their weapons as well. Mendez is unafraid and even laughs at his new "friends." The man in the corner gets up and suddenly a long whip extends from his direction and pops one of the brutes in the face. The stranger walks out of the background, revealing himself to be none other than Simon Belmont.
*Note- Simon Belmont is the best of the AI Allies in this chapter. He uses the moveset made for him by Chief Mendez in MYM3. AI Level= 5.
Man: Two mice to squash, eh? Not a problem.
Simon: You really don't know who you're up against do you?
Mendez: This is so unfair... I would hate to be you lot.
Level One- Part 1~ BAR FIGHT!
Playable Characters- Chief Mendez
Ally- Simon Belmont
Objectives- Defeat the bounty hunters (10 total)
Details-
It sounds really, really easy doesn't it? Only 10 generic enemies and you get an ally.
Actually, the bounty hunters are competent fighters, each being atleast as strong as a Greap (from the Brawl SSE). They all have about 40% hp each.
Its straight-forward though.. just show them that Mendez has the strength to back up the attitude.
As the bounty hunters run out of the tavern, beaten by the 2 heroes, Mendez chuckles at the sight. He walks over and tries to pat Simon on the back, who just shrugs it off.
Mendez: Hey, whats wrong, bud? Not a people person? Why'ld you join the fight then?
Simon: Because I don't care to see that human trash make a mockery of this place. They can't even comprehend the reason for these people's torment. The name is Simon... Simon Belmont.
Mendez: Simon Belmont.... the Simon Belmont?
Simon: You're a fan?
Mendez: You inspired me to become a hunter... I was wondering when I'ld get to see you in action.
Simon: Heh? You're a hunter?
Mendez: Yeah... I'm here to help purge the evil in this town?
Simon: So you're just another bounty hunter with his eyes on the Count.... A word of advice... turn back while you live.
Mendez: I won't be turned down that quickly... I'm not here for fame or fortune... I just want to save this place.
Simon: Interesting... Lets see if you are really up to your word.... Join me in my hunt.
Mendez and Simon leave the pub, only to find chaos going on. Three vampires, the brides of Dracula are terrorizing the city. One man, clothed in a black coat and a large hat walks into the center of town and pulls out a stainless steel automatic crossbow. Van Helsing Mendez and Dracula join the man and a battle ensues.
*Note- Van Helsing effectively uses a high projectile based set, mainly just firing crossbow bolts (that deal 2% each) at Fox blaster speed from a distance. Not a really competent hand to hand fighter.
Boss Battle: The Three Brides
Play As: Chief Mendez
Allies: Simon Belmont, Van Helsing
Details:
Each one of Dracula's brides has 1/3rd of the normal boss hp. Sure you have computer allies, but their AI isn't that great (probably only about level 5).
They appear in human forms, because this is nintendo, and those bat forms are just gruesome.
Moves:
Fly- Its simple. They fly around in random directions attempting to mindgame you.
Airdodge- They aren't the most competent dodgers (though in Intense they are pretty good), but they can dodge your attacks.
Dash- Much like the attack where Ridley flies across the screen. Has roughly half the damage and knockback.
Screech- The loud screech of a bat. Deals 5...15% damage and inverts your controls for 3...5 seconds. The move is a projectile, taking the appearance of sound waves that travelly in any direction they choose to fire and bounce off of non-character objects. If one bride is hit by the screech of another, she takes the damage.
Cow Throw- One of the sisters flies out of the stage and comes back flying around and carrying a cow, which she attempts to drop on you like a bomb. Deals 10...25% and medium... high knockback if it hits.
Slash- A basic claw swipe... deals 5...15% and low...good knockback. Slow and predictable.
Bite- Grabs a character and attempts to bite their neck, dealing 25...50% if it hits. Fortunately, you have 3 seconds before it hits, in which time your allies can attack the vampire and help you escape.
After winning this match, a cutscene plays in which Van Helsing fires a holy water laced crossbow bolt into the blonde bride, killing her and turning her to ash and bones. The other 2 brides scream and flee.
Van Helsing: Well that was fun... who are you two?
Simon: I am Simon Belmont, and this is Mendez.
Van Helsing: You two are vampire slayers as well?
Mendez: We did just slay a vampire didn't we?
Van Helsing: You're right.
Simon: I suppose you'll be coming to hunt Dracula as well?
Van Helsing: I should be asking you that question?
Simon: .... details details.... Are you coming or not?
Van Helsing: I'm supposed to kill him anyway.... might as well have some help.
Mendez: I think you'll be the one helping.
And so the trio of vampire slayers heads for Castle Dracula, home of the evil count himself.
Level Two- Trasylvanian Forest
Play As: Chief Mendez
Allies: Simon Belmont, Van Helsing
Objectives- Get to Castle Dracula
Details-
You're travelling through a dark, scary forest.... this isn't going to be straight forward. You will have to navigate your characters around a large RPG level... and you will probably get lost atleast once.
Its actually very fun... it feels like a typical hack and slash, but you attack with the ground moves of a Smash character. It works with a health bar rather than the typical knock out system. Your character has a stamina of 300%. You can recover full health by finding an abandoned campsite or you can recover smaller amounts by picking up blood canisters that look suspiciously like horse tranquilizers.
Enemies for this level are generic vampires, zombies, werewolves, and other creatures of horror.
This level actually has 3 sub-bosses, each of which is a generic, but slightly stronger enemy that has a 300% health bar of its own. You get a full health refill and a large number of coins for defeating each one.
Sub-boss #1- Howlen The Wolf Lord
Location: A cave in the western side of the map.
A lame name, but its a pretty cool enemy. A werewolf in a cloak like Dracula.
Sub-boss #2- Nosferatu
Location: A cave in the eastern side of the map.
The very first vampire legend. Rather then being a bat... he's a rat. Not nearly as strong or iconic as Dracula.
Sub-boss #3- The Ugly Bride
Location: Near Dracula's castle.
Notes- The only one you are required to fight.
One of Dracula's 3 brides... she's the brunette with the weird thing around her neck who is extremely ugly compared to the other two. Kill that ugly bat *****.
Simon: It would appear that we have finally arrived at the castle.
Mendez: Really? Are you sure this giant spooky house isn't the home of someone else?
Simon: Funny guy...
The vampire hunters enter the manor, ready for the dangers that lie ahead.
Level 3- Dracula's Castle
Play As: Chief Mendez
Allies: Simon Belmont, Van Helsing
Objectives- Find Dracula
Details-
Ok now this is a lot less confusing... but its not straight-forward either. This will feel just like Castlevania, appealing very much to CV fans like Mendez. Its platforming levels are almost taken right out of some of the better CV games, but it is very fun to play as a Smash Bros character in here. You are still using a 300% hp stamina system.
Simon and friends have finally found Dracula. He sets at the dining room table, not even acknowledging his predators. He sits back in his chair, sipping a class of "wine". Another vampire hunter is lies on the floor, not dead, but merely exhausted from fighting the greatest of vampires. Blade
Simon: I've come for you, Dracula. There is no escaping this time.
Dracula: Oh, hello Simon... I didn't even notice you knocking my door down. Who are the other two guests? Friends of yours? Come on... sit down and have some wine.
Van Helsing: I'm not here to play any games. You've put a curse on this town and I've been sent to vanquish you on authority of the Vatican.
Dracula: Ah, Gabriel... how does it feel to be the left hand of God?
Mendez: I don't know what is going on here.... and I don't particularly care. I'm no legend... and I'm not Gabriel... I'm just a guy with a gun. And you.... you are going down.
Blade injects himself with serum, restoring his energy. It looks like the hunters have another ally against their greatest foe.
*Note- Blade is the group's Link-like character, having similar sword moves and a gun that works like the bow.
Boss Battle- Dracula
Play As: Chief Mendez
Allies: Simon Belmont, Van Helsing, Blade
Details- Dracula is really holding a lot back.. he only has about 1.5x the normal boss hp against a 4 character team.
Moves-
Fly- Just like the brides, he can fly around very well, mindgaming and annoying you to hell.
Air Dodge- A pretty adept dodger, he has annoying reflexes, but he won't use it to often.
Dash- Like Ridley's flying dash across the screen. It has the same stats.
Wave Of Bats- Dracula casts his hand forward, raising part of his cloak. About 20 bats come pouring out of it in a giant wave. Each one strikes for 1...3% damage and flinching if it hits you. Shielding is an effective means of avoiding this, as they do little damage to shields.
Sonic Blasts- Dracula flies down to the ground and casts his hand forward 3 times, releasing 3 sonic waves that bounce of the wall and go through any character they hit, dealing 5...15% and low...medium knockback each.
Disappear- Mostly just for annoying you.. he vanishes and appears somewhere else.
Bite- Dracula grabs you and 3 seconds later, he bites your neck, dealing 25...50% damage. You're only real hope is to have an ally attack him.
Transform- Dracula turns into many bats. He then flies around the stage like Pikachu's Final Smash, dealing 10...25% damage and good...high knockback each time he hits you. He turns back after 10 seconds. Take advantage of this move, because each bat you kill deals considerable damage to him after he turns back.
Glass of "Wine"- Dracula pulls out his wine glass and drinks of the red liquid, healing himself for 3...5% per second for up to 10 seconds... hit him to knock him out of it.
Dracula isn't so easily defeated, he vanishes yet again, leaving the hunters without their prize.
A rift appears where Dracula was standing, and out steps the silver-haired Aeon. Aeon points at Mendez.
Aeon: Come with me. There is a danger far greater than Dracula, and you have been judged worthly of fighting to prevent it.
Mendez: Might as well.... You three can hold the vampire hunting fort while I'm gone, can't you?
Simon: Yeah. Good luck.
Mendez: I won't need it. But thanks anyway.
Mendez steps into the portal.
Four out of five heroes have been recruited by Aeon. Only one remains.
End of chapter 6.
Chapter 7- Brave King and the Sword of Darkness
The last hero's story starts back at Sam's home. Though his father didn't join the journey in Trophy Land, he would soon become entwined deeply in the story.
What started out as a typical day in Valios would quickly erupt into chaos, as the capital would be attacked from the inside by rebel soldiers.
Chris was fast asleep, tired from his stressful duties.... who would have known that actually caring about the people you ruled could be such a difficult process?
His rest wouldn't last long, however, as his cousin, Sir Arden, commandant of the Royal Army, came bursting in his room.
Arden: Wake up, my King!
This has no effect. So Arden fetches a bucket of water and dumps it on Chris's head.
Chris gets up, looking tired and a bit annoyed. His white hair is messy.
Chris: You know you can just call me cousin, right? Now what is so urgent?
Arden: We're under attack!
Chris couldn't help but thinking (You're the Commandant... isn't it your job to handle this?). He gets up anyway. In a short time he is armored and ready to fight. He arms himself with his new sword, the light-weight longsword, Faust.
As Chris walks into the throne room, his gaze turns towards his old broadsword which was mounted above the throne, Le Blade de Leon as his family had dubbed it. Its gold lion's head shaped hilt shined brightly in the sun. Its diamond edges, sharper and harder than steel, once served as the death of many a foe. It almost seemed to beg its former master to take it up.
Chris: If only I could wield you again.... but you are to heavy. I might tear my stitched-wound right open... But I will take you with me anyway, if only to wear your sheathe on my back once more. Give me good luck in battle.
Chris takes the sword down and sheathes it on his back. Faust is sheathed on his waist.
As the king leaves, his wife, Ryann, or "Aimes Trueshot" as she is often called, comes with him, already dressed in her light armor. She almost seems to be crying.
Chris: What is wrong?
Ryann: You're in no shape to fight... I beg of you, don't go. Let Arden handle it.
Chris reaches out to touch her face.
Chris: You know I can't do that..... Its against my nature to see people in danger and not act to stop it.
Ryann: Then take me with you.
Chris: I don't want to risk losing you....
Ry: My arrows will protect me... I'm not going to take no for an answer.
Chris: Ah, so stubborn. Of course, thats what I like about you. *smiling* Ah, well. Just like old times, right?
*Ryann will join you in your fights as a CPU controlled ally. She has competent defensive AI, but doesn't attack very well. She mostly keeps her distance and resorts to spamming arrows like Pit's, which can be aimed but not manipulated. Her arrows deal 5% each, so she is a reliable source of easy damage. She's a real light-weight though.*
Level One- The Rebel Assault
As the couple leaves the castle, they find that there are very few royal guard stationed around it. Arden had ordered most of the knights to engage the enemy and protect the civilians.
Chris decides to head for the source of the outbreak, right in the residential area of town. The rebels must have wanted to raise hatred for him by killing innocent people and putting the blame on the kings lack of ability to protect them. It was a hard tactic to counter, as the rebels could easily attack from anywhere in the kingdom at any time, disguising themselves as regular civilians.
Level One- Part 1~ The Poor Quarter
The closest residential area to the castle was the commoner's quarter, contrary to most kingdoms where the king lives near the rich and powerful. The first King Lionheart wanted to be close to the common people, a moral most of the royal line has followed since then.
Play As: Chris Lionheart (no lion form)
Ally: Ryann "Aimes" Trueshot
Objectives- Liberate The Residential Area
Details-
This level actually feels like Assassin's Creed. Your job is to take out all the enemy soldiers in the area, using your Smash Bros moves instead of common slashes and whatnot. You can wall jump right on top of the buildings in town to give Ryann a height advantage from which to rain her arrows on enemy groups to big for you to take down without taking a lot of damage. You can also use your neutral B in this tactic to help with this. Enemy archers may also be using this tactic. The enemy soldiers focus on quantity a lot more than quality, being as weak or even weaker than primids on average. You can take down most foes in a single slash, but they usually come in groups of 20 or more... though never more than 50 enemies. Don't count on stealth and blending in though. Your enemies have no intention of sparing anyone. The townspeople will recognize their king and queen instantly and attempt to help you in the same way as some men in Assassin's Creed do. There are probably about 300 enemies throughout the town, and you have an Assassin's Creed style health system to take them all down.
Now that that's finally under control, Chris heads out for the Noble Quarter. The people of the poor quarter thanked him for his efforts. Chris orders his personal guard to stay in the area and protect the people, an action which helps reduce the civilians' fears.
Level One- Part Two~ The Rich Quarter
As Chris and Ryann arrive in the noble quarter, they find that it is much better guarded. This angers them both very much... despite all their efforts to help the common citizens, the knights still protect the rich at the cost of the poor.
Chris: .... This is horrible... no wonder the rebellion is so strong.
Ryann: Its not your fault.
Chris: Details, details... Lets just get this over with so I can order some of these spineless knights to protect the poor quarter whre they belong.
Play As: Chris Lionheart (no Lion Form)
Ally: Ryann Trueshot
Objectives- Liberate The Noble Quarter
Details-
This is so much easier than the first part. There are just as many enemies, but now you have a lot of knights to help you out. They aren't the best fighters, but they help you out defensively by distracting and grouping the enemies. This works more like a generic hack and slash, but with Smash Bros moves... You won't be able to hop on building or anything, as these mansions are much to large. Enemy archers are often on rooftops... just have Ryann take care of them. Your health in this match follows the system of Ninety Nine Nights, in which a circular health bar surrounds your character portrait, making 3 complete loops around the picture. You can pick up food items to heal.
As the Noble Quarter is liberated, the surviving knights rally around Chris, expecting to be praised for their efforts... They were in for a rude awakening.
Captain: King Lionheart, it is an honor to fight beside you!
Chris: Cut the formalities, captain. Don't think I'm happy to see you hear, or proud of your actions.
Captain: What are ou talking about, noble King.
Chris: Were'n't your orders to protect the people?
Captain: Aye and we did.
Chris: *facepalms* You were supposed to protect the common people... not these snooty nobles. Now send some of your knights to the common quarter to guard them. You're lucky that this isn't the time for my anger.
Captain: (frightened) Yes! Right away, King Lionheart.
Chris and Ryann head to the main battle, the citadel of town, where most of the commerce and activity goes on... truly that was the worst place to be when the rebels struck.
Level One- Part Three~ The Citadel
Chris and Ryann enter the Citadel to find absolute chaos. The enemy has large numbers, and the knights, split because of their stupid desire to protect the nobles, are barely able to hold the force off. If not for the leadership of Commandant Arden, this area would have fallen already.
*Arden joins you as an ally of sorts. He isn't focused on aiding you directly, but is rather busy doing his job. Still he is a powerful warrior, probably better than Chris now. When he is available to help you, take advantage of the opportunity. He fights with generic slashes, much like the character Flynn Scifo in Tales of Vesperia.*
Play As: Chris Lionheart
Allies: Ryann "Aimes" Trueshot, Arden Marten
Objectives- Liberate the Citadel
Details-
Ok, this one really works a lot like Ninety Nine Nights. You fight truly massive numbers of enemies while feeling like a true battle god! There could be a thousand enemies on the field at a single time and they come in waves. You kill them very easily, however, taking out entire clumps of enemies in a few strikes of your sword. Unlike Ninety Nights, you also have 2 very powerful allies, Ryann and Arden, who have about as much power as you do (but aren't as competent.) You are also aided by generic knights that seem useless, but actually really help to keep the enemy soldiers off your back. Once again, you work with the Ninety Nights triple circle around your portrait health bar and can be healed when food items are dropped. This time, each enemy you kill drops an orb, which flies towards you and fills something called a "Smash Bar." When it fills up, you can perform your Final Smash, which absolutely devastates the enemies. There are a total of 5000 enemies in this match. o.O
Don't worry... its easier then it sounds.
At the end of the part, a boss enemy, the so called "Angel Of Death", leader of the rebellion steps onto the field and challenges you.
He has very high hp compared to you and blocks a lot. His scythe is truly devasting and really gives your generic knights hell. You can realistically only survive about 5 hits from him. The best strategy is to perform hit and run attacks and let Arden and Ryann (who are invinceable) distract him so you can move in and bring the pain. About 10 hit and run comboes should be sufficient to defeat him.
After beating this part, a cutscene triggers, initiating a conversation between Chris and the "Angel of Death".
Chris: Why have you done this?
AoD: Because it is my right to rule. Foolish King... this assault was merely a distraction. Right now, a wave of my troops head for the castle. Theres something there that I would like to own.
Chris: You.... Prepare to die!
As Chris swings his sword at the man, the rebel bolts past Chris, knocking him over. He runs up a wall and retreats towards the castle by running on the rooftops.
Chris: Quickly... To Castle Lionheart!
Level Two- A Mystery Unfolds
Chris, Ryann, Arden, and the soldiers hurry towards the castle. As they head through the poor quarter, they find that the soldiers there have been devastated by the rebel leader himself. The scythe wounds on their bodies tell the story well. He took them by surprise and they were powerless to stop him. That man truly was a master of dealing death.
The group was horrified by this, but it made them even more determined to head for the castle and thwart the villain.
Level Two- Part One~ Storming The Castle
How ironic... who would of thought Chris would have to take his own castle by force?
Play As: Chris Lionheart
Allies: Ryann "Aimes" Trueshot, Arden Marten
Objective- Take Back The Castle, Reach The Vault
Details-
Ok the first Side-Scrolling level in this chapter. Its really straightforward. Just take the enemies out at the gate, enter the castle, take out enemies in the corridors, and continue on to the vault. The trail of enemies leads you to a vault that is usually well guarded. While it holds treasure, its not abundant by the standards of royalty, as a lot of money is used to aid the poor. Still, Chris is no pauper.
After you reach the vault, a cutscene plays. The guards have all been taken out, scythe wounds being the cause of death. The door of the vault room has been forced open. Could that man have done this by himself?
Chris and friends enter the vault.
Chris: Thats weird... they haven't taken any gold.. what could he be after....
They head further in to find the "Angel of Death" claiming his prize. A large black sword hung on the wall, radiating an evil glow... it hasn't done that before. It was the sword of Ashencroft, the powerful demon that Chris slew 20 years ago. The man takes it off the wall and wields it.
Man: At last! The sword of hell is mine!
Chris: Put it back! I'll promise you a quick death if you do.
Man: I don't think so... How about I promise you a quick death... This sword wounded you 20 years ago... I'm going to help it finish the job.
Boss Battle- "The Angel Of Death"
Description-
A mysterious man, shrouded in black, the so called "Angel of Death" seeks to destroy you. He wields the sword of hell, Megiddo.
Play As- Chris Lionheart
Allies- Ryann "Aimes" Trueshot, Arden Marten
This boss is human sized and has literally infinent hp. You cannot win this fight. The goal is to survive for 1 minute. Atleast one of your team members must survive for the entire duration, though if you are KO'd you automatically lose.
Attacks:
Sword Slash- Common and generic. Its slow and fairly predictable. Deals 15...30% and medium...high knockback.
Fire Wave- Slashes and releases a wave of fire similar to the Demon Fang of Tales of Symphonia. It travels all the way across the stage and deals 10...25% damage and low to good knockback.
Rain of Fire- One section of the sky burns red and rains fire less than a second later. Move out of it to dodge. Deals 20...35% damage and good...very high knockback.
Reap Life- Teleports behind a character and slashes at them with his sword. Deals 10...25% damage and medium...high knockback.
The 3 Valian heroes find themselves exhausted. They can't defeat this foe.
Chris: The sword... it holds so much power...
Man: Prepare to die.
As the man moves in for the kill, a powerful gun blast stops him. Chris looks to see a rift open. Aeon, K. Rool, SirKibble, MasterWarlord, and Chief Mendez step out. The thief, not in the mood to fight so many foes, slashes the air with his sword, opening up a rift to Trophy Land. He steps through it and it closes behind him.
Chris: Who are you?
Aeon: I am Aeon. That man must be stopped. There will be terrible consequences if that sword reaches Hell. Come with me.
Chris: I will come... Maybe I'll be able to help my son after all.
Ryann: Wait.. I'm coming with you.
Chris: I'm sorry, but I can't allow that this time. You saw watch that man just did... this is far to dangerous. Besides, some one has to settle down this post-battle chaos while I'm gone, right?
Ryann: You're right. Promise me you'll come back to me in one piece okay?
Chris: *smiling* Don't worry about me. I can handle myself. And I have these warriors to help. I'll be back with our son before you know it. Goodbye, my love.
Aeon forms another rift, this time to Trophy Land. The heroes all step into it, Chris being the last.
Chris looks back at Ryann one last time before entering the portal. In his mind, he wonders if he will be able to keep his promise.
End of Chapter 7.
Chapter 8- The Forest
When we last checked on Sam's group, they were headed through the forest. Their path would take them through the center of the forest and directly into the desert. Unfortunately these lands weren't so peaceful as they had been in ages past.
Level One- The Greenlands
Level One- Part One~ Finding Ike
At first, the forest looked normal... no signs of corruption at all, except for the occassionally group of demons, of course.
Play As: Sam Lionheart, Kelsey, Michael (Marth Clone), Zelos Wilder, Zelda, Link, Marth, Peach, Sain, Mario, Luigi, Snake, Bowser
Objective- Make it to Ike's house.
Details-
This is just a straightforward level to help you get back into the groove of using this group. Make it through the simple sidescrolling level, beat the occassional group of imps (which come in numbers of 10 or more) and this part ends when you get to Ike's home, a cliche log cabin.
Level One- Part Two~ Holding Out
As Sam's group arrives at Ike's home, there is a flashback.
Ike: *yawning* Good morning... *looks around*... Huh!? Where is Mia?
Mia was already outside swinging a sword. Ike shakes his head, despite being amused. He gets up and puts on armor and his sword. It was looking like a typical day for the mercenary duo... spar, wait for a mercenary job, eat, call it a day... Not to exciting, but it was still living. Times had been slow.... at first they were being employed left and right to rid the area of the demon plague... but with everyone fleeing or dead... that soon ended.
The tranquility of the day would soon end. Demons would attack their home.
Play As: Ike, Mia (and eventually Haar, Bastian, Calill, and Illyana)
Objectives- Protect Home, 20 turns
Details-
If you haven't played Fire Emblem before, then this will probably be a new experience to you. You play on an FE board, controlling Ike, a level 20 Hero/Lord, and Mia, a level 20 Swordmaster.
One spot on the map, the door to their house, is colored red and glowing. Your objective is to protect that spot on the field for 20 turns (a turn is your phase, followed by an enemy phase). It doesn't matter if your units are defeated in battle, but if you fail to protect them, that makes this a lot harder.
Your enemies will be assorted demons, including weak imps (level 10), stronger whip demons (level 15), and annoying fire demons (level 20). A fire demon becomes an imp when you kill it. All enemies attack at melee reach only in the lower difficulties, but in hard or higher, they will try and attack you at 2 squares away, a situation in which Ike and Mia can't counterattack. To fight this and still protect the house, the best option is to keep your units adjacent to each other and right by the house/protect point. This will leave as few available attack points for the enemy units as possible.
The enemies get harder as it goes along, but you will also get additional units:
Haar (level 20 Wyvern Lord)- Appears after 3 turns from the south of the screen. "Looks like my nap is over..."
Bastian (level 20 Wind Sage)- Appears after 6 turns from the south of the screen. "Fate has reunited us... now let these enemies know the embrace of our blades."
Illyana + Calill (level 20, Thunder and Fire Sages respectively)- Appear together from the south of the screen after 10 turns. "Sooooo hungry....." (Illyana) "I'll make something after this is done.. but its not the time to eat now." (Calill)
If you want to keep all units alive (and doing so will get you a trophy of each person you keep alive in the 3rd class Radiant Dawn form), it is important to surround the sages by the heavier units (Ike, Mia and Haar being the tanks). The Sages have the ability to attack from 2 squares away so they can prove to be useful in higher difficulties... but also more risky to use.
After 20 turns, the rest of the cast appears on the far side of the field and drives out the remaining demons, giving the Tellius characters some time to talk.
Ike: Its good to see you all again! But what are you doing here?
Bastian: I'm here on a mission from the queen. There were strange reports of monsters and scorched lands to the north.
Illyana: ... soooo hungry....
Calill: Maybe I should explain for the both of us... Illyana was traveling with the merchant caravan as usual... I came along to build fame for Largo's tavern by cooking for the people along the way.
Haar: I came to deliver a message to you... and to get some time away from Jill... its so hard to take a nap with her around.
Ike: Sounds like you've been busy Haar. *laughing*
Haar: Looks like you've got a problem of your own.
Mia: What was that?
Bastian: Touche, noblest Haar... but we should applaud young love. What a glorious feeling, love is!
Ike: .... yeah... I see you haven't changed a bit, Bastian.
Sam's group, finishing their slaughter of the demons, returns to the cabin.
Marth: Its been to long.
Ike: Indeed... but why can't these situations ever just be friendly? Its always demons, primids, or soldiers... A mercenary's work is never done... Its good to see you lot, though. I see there are some new faces in the group. Introduce yourselves.
Sam: I am Sam, son of Chris.
Ike: Chris Lionheart?
Sam: Aye.
Ike: How is your old man anyway?
Sam: You probably wouldn't recognize him... but atleast he's alive.... The soldier is Michael, a warrior under my command... and the girl is Kelsey.. shes really into me.
Kelsey: ..... *slaps*
Sam: Ouch.... what was that for?...
Ike: *laughing* A strange group, you are. Like father like son... but his relationship actually worked out.
Sam: *grinning* She'll come around.... *turning to Kelsey* won't you, beautiful?
Kelsey: Lose the attitude and we'll talk....
Zelda: Ok... now that that's over... lets discuss the current situation...
Ike: All I know is that there are demons everywhere...
Zelda: I'll enlighten you then. A hole to hell itself has opened up in the middle of the desert... We have to go close it by any means possible... If we fail, it will expand and demons will overrun this world.
Ike: Sounds serious.... Just like old times, eh? Well, we not be the Greil Mercenaries... but lets move out!
Level Two- Scorched Lands
Not far from the cabin, the lands, formerly beautiful forests, have been corrupted and scorched. The ground is black and covered in ash... It looks like Pompeii but much worse...
Level Two- Part One~ Charr Homeland
The scorched forests and plains were once home to the Charr, feral humanoid beasts who were almost as intelligent as they were brutal. When the demons attacked, many of the Charr quickly worshipped them as gods, much like the titans and destroyers they came into contact with before. Pyre Fierceshot knew the error in this, but was unable to convince the charr to fight against the demonic invaders... and the result was disastrous. Pyre's home... his former brethen were scorched in fires far more intense than any flame ever mastered by the Charr. The charr weren't extinct, however, as a few hundred or so remain, now under the command of Pyre and his warband.
Pyre often took upon himself the role of scout, planning out attacks for the resisting charr to carry out.
Play As: Pyre Fierceshot
Objective: Scout
Details-
This plays out a lot like Guild Wars, just not as graphically impressive or team-work based. You play in an MMORPG style level complete with the 480 point health bar of a level 20 character. You control Pyre Fierceshot, but you have a team of 7 other Charr (2 warriors, 2 elementalists, 2 monks, and one mesmer.) You attack from a distance as your pet and your 2 warriors take the bulk of the enemy forces on. Your elementalists basically nuke the crap out of everything with their wide-hitting ranged moves. Your monks heal and protect your group and can bring them back to life if necessary (though this move has a lot of beginning lag and isn't recommended for battle). Your mesmer helps you take down enemy monks and elementalists much more easily.
Your enemies are torment demons. They can really take a beating and some of them pose a serious threat... But in general if you take down your enemies in this order: Monks -> Elementalists -> Mesmers and other casters -> Everything else.... then you shouldn't have much problem.
This part ends when you discover Sam's group already fighting a large demon horde.
One of Pyre's warriors, Gron Fierceclaw, is confused by this sight.
Gron Fierceclaw: What should we do, Pyre.... attack the vile demons or the cursed humans?
Pyre: The humans may have been our enemy.... but atleast they didn't bring our civilization to ruin... We'll help them.
Level Two- Part Two~ Assault The Demons!
Play as: Sam Lionheart, Kelsey, Michael (Marth Clone), Zelos Wilder, Zelda, Link, Peach, Sain, Mario, Luigi, Bowser, Snake, Ike, Mia, Haar, Illyana, Calill, Bastian, Pyre Fierceshot
Objective- Destroy the demon horde (200 total)
Details-
This is really straightforward... its just not fast. You simply destroy 200 torment demons (the game is back in regular Brawl form), which can take a hit, but they don't dish out damage well for the most part. The stage is a scorched forest with walk-off edges. You can play as everyone in this match, so thats why there are so many foes to deal with.
Sam: Well... thanks for the help.
Pyre: We cooperate out of necessity.... don't think this makes us friends, meat.
Zelos: Well isn't this guy loads of fun?
Pyre: Fun is trivial... survival is the only issue now... Perhaps if we become allies, then we will all survive this.
Zelda: We're not exactly in the position to turn down help.
Link: SKRAHHHH!!!!
Zelos: *laughing* I couldn't have put it better myself.
Level Two- Part Three~ Leaving the Forests
To reach their destination, the group would have to leave these desecrated lands.
Play As: Sam, Kelsey, Michael (Marth Clone), Zelos Wilder, Zelda, Link, Peach, Sain, Mario, Luigi, Snake, Bowser, Ike, Mia, Bastian, Haar, Illyana, Calill, Pyre Fierceshot
Objective- Leave the forest
Details-
A traditional side-scrolling level. You'ld recognize much of it as being a scorched and defiled version of The Forest level in the real Brawl SSE. It is much longer however, and the enemies are, of course replaced with demons. This shouldn't be hard at all.
As the group starts to leave the forest, the would witness a horrifying sight. Their path is blocked by hundreds... nay thousands of demons, not only the imps and torment demons that they had fought earlier... but new frightnening types. They would surely never be able to punch through that with their current numbers...
Zelos: This is bad...
Sam: What do we do know?....
Pyre: What do you think we do, human? We find a way around this!
Zelda: *taking out her map* There is a path through the Shiverpeak mountains that should bring us into the desert... It will take a long time, but it will probably be much safer than this..
Pyre: Then that is our route.
Link: SKRAHHH!!!
Pyre: Such enthusiam...
End of Chapter 8.
Chapter 9- One Day At Band's Camp
At the end of the last chapter, Sam's group decided to head south towards the Shiverpeak Mountains. While this path would take longer, it would allow the group to head east through them and then head north into the desert through a mountain pass. Hopefully this way would be safer. Their remaining time in the forest wouldn't be boring either.
The band had travelled several miles from the danger at the forest edge. Hungry and tired, they set up camp.
The camp was a humble, but merry, scene. Simple tents where pitched and a campfire burned in the middle of the site. Over the fire hung a metal cooking pot in which a stew was boiling.
Sam: It's good, but it really needs some tators.
Zelos: What's tators?
S: PO-TA-TOES! You, know, boil em mash em stick em in a stew.
(Lol, sorry, I couldn't resist)
Z: Oh... (laughing stupidly) I knew that...
The meal is a typical scene for the heroes. Bowser and the other big characters devour their food hungrily. The rest of the cast, particularly the female characters, take a little while longer. The smell attracts a nearby Pikachu who runs in looking for a handout. It stops by Kelsey, who, smiling, hands the rodent a carrot. It chews on it, contentedly, as Kelsey pets it. Sam walks up, intent on being his usual self.
Sam: That was kind of you, as to be expected. Why can't you ever do that for me?
Kelsey: (a little annoyed, but in a generally good mood) .... you want a carrot? Okay.
She takes a carrot and shoves it in Sam's mouth.
S: (spitting the carrot out) Thats not what I had in mind...
K: I grow bored of slapping you.
S: So don't... How about just accepting me for once?
K: It doesn't matter how many times you ask. My answer will still be the same.
"Then maybe I need to change my technique," Sam thought to himself.
As the prince walks away, Bastian approaches him.
Bastian: The sorrowful sight of your lady dilemma hath caught mine eyes.
Sam: Why are you talking like that?
B: Thou must woo her with soft poetic words.
S: ... umm... sure... I'll be sure to try that. Thanks.
As Sam walks away from Bastian, he is approached by Bowser.
Bowser: I see you're having lady problems.
Sam: Eh, she'll come around.
Bowser: You don't need my help, then?
Sam: I didn't say that... what can you do for me?
Bowser: Just trust me. I'll take care of everything.
Sam is confused, but somewhat reassured. Night falls and the group decides to call it a day. Some people still need to stay awake and stand guard. He volunteers to be one of the guards. Those not on guard duty soon passed out. Bowser sneaks into Kelsey's tent. He picks up the young lady and carries her off. His footprints mark the path he took.
Part One- Kidnapping
Play As: Bowser
Objectives: Kidnap Kelsey
Details-
Okay, this is simple. You finally get to play a Mario-esque game through the perspective of Bowser, albeit only for one part. You make your way to the castle at the end of the level, fighting off demons along the way. Bowser is basically just Mario with a fire flower. If you get hit, you lose a stock. The demons basically act like Koopas that spit out fireballs across the screen occassionally. Due to your fireball power, this is certainly not Super Mario Frustration.
Sam is alerted to the kidnapping some time after. Seeing Bowser's footprints outside her tent, he becomes suspicious. When he opens up the tent, his suspicions are confirmed. She has been kidnapped!
Part Two- To The Rescue
Play As: Sam Lionheart
Objectives: Save Kelsey
Details-
Okay, now you are playing the same level through Sam's perspective. This time you can swing a sword with the "fireball button". Fight the demons on your way to the castle. At the end of the level you have to face Bowser the same way you do in a Mario game. Run under him as he jumps, flip the switch, and watch him fall in the fire.
After the level, a cutscene triggers.
Sam looks at Bowser angrily. Bowser gives a wink, causing Sam to give a smirk (he now understands what is happening). Sam goes in the for the fake finishing blow only to be beaten to the punch. Bowser is knocked out by Kelsey's foot. Sam, surprised for a moment, doesn't react for a second and then gives a big grin.
Sam: Sorry I didn't come earlier, babe.
Kelsey: You think you've earned the right to call me that?
S: *sigh* If you're playing hard to get, you're good at it.
K: I'm sorry.... thanks. Maybe there is some hope for you after all....
S: You sound like you've softened up a little. *smiling* Enough to let me escort you back to camp?
K: You can walk with me... but don't think of it as a service.
S: Heh... Well, thats a nice start.
K: Before we go... I'ld like to ask you a question.
S: Shoot.
K: Why are you so persistent?
S: Theres something about you I just like... Maybe I'm just loyal.
K: I see.
(She walks off and opens the door. As she leaves, her back is facing him.)
K: (whispering) .... don't stop chasing.
S: What was that?
K: ... nevermind.
(Sam smiles as he watches her walk out. His gaze turns to the unconcious Bowser.)
As Kelsey walks out, Sam picks up Bowser and carries the King of Koopas on his shoulder. Its far from easy, but somehow the prince manages.
The three make it back to camp to find that everyone is still asleep (except of course for the guards, who are unaware that they ever left.)
End of Chapter 9.
Chapter 10- High Ho, High Ho, Its Off To Hell We Go
Arc One- To the Mountains
It was morning and the sun rose. Lets take a look at another morning routine.
Peach: No... go back down... I need my beauty sleep.
Sain: Tell me about it.
Peach: .... *slap*
Sain: OUCH!
Luigi: Time for breakfast!
Mario: *holds up a bagel*
Luigi: Bagel!
Zelos: Maybe I can watch the ladies change....
Snake: Its safer to read a magazine.
Zelos: Is that the swimsuit edition?
Snake: You might say that.
Zelda: Good morning, Link.
Link: SKRAHHHH!!!
Zelda: I wish I could be a morning person like you.
Sam: *walking in to Kelsey's tent* Good morning.
Kelsey: What do you want?
Sam: Sorry... I didn't mean to intrude but its time to get up. We'll be heading out soon.
Michael: (looking into the horizon) Our destinities draw near...
Pyre Fierceshot: You aren't human, are you?
Michael: How do you know?
Pyre: You don't act human. Human emotions are obvious. You don't smell human either.
Michael: I'm sorry, but I can't tell you anything more than you already know... just that I am this group's guiding hand.
Pyre: Then that is enough. Guide us well. (Pyre walks off)
Michael: (looking towards the sky) Give me strength to cast away this darkness...
"Anxious" to get a move on, the team marched on. They were followed by the wild Pikachu. The Shiverpeak Pass was several miles south.
Part One- The Forest
Play As: Sam Lionheart, Kelsey, Michael (Marth Clone), Zelos Wilder, Peach, Sain, Zelda, Link, Snake, Mario, Luigi, Bowser, Ike, Mia, Bastian, Haar, Calill, Ilyana, Pyre Fierceshot
Objectives- Make It To The Shiverpeaks
Details- This looks a lot like a level from The Lord of the Rings: Return of the King game, except instead of Orcs, you fight demons. You explore and hack + slash your way through. Your moves are the same as they would be in Brawl, except that you cannot jump, your A button only performs tilts and the basic moves, and smashes are set to X/Y. A lot of enemies carry shields that you must break by using your smash attacks. Your damage % meter is replaced with a health bar that recovers when you use potions. Some demons are up high and can only be destroyed by projectile attacks.
The mountain pass is in sight, but there is a horrible sight along the way that the group cannot ignore.
Arc Two- Forest Creatures
It seems to be a peaceful day in the forest. The birds chirp. The beez buzz. You expect Bambi to show up any minute.... Then it happened.
A green creature dances around happily. Yoshi He looks up and his innocent eyes are filled with fright by a rumbling in the distance. The trees are literally burning to ashes behind him. The birds are flying away and many innocent animals are being chased by demons. Jigglypuff, Pichu, Doggy and Bear and Chocobo are among the fleeing creatures. Yoshi turns tail and flees as fast as his stubby legs can take him.
Part One- Run Meat Run
Play As: Yoshi, Chocobo, Jigglypuff, Doggy and Bear, Pichu
Objectives: RUN!!!
Details- This is simple. You run from a large hunting group of demon scum. Along your path, however their are smaller groups of demons, many of which are archers that hunt from the trees above. I recommend playing as the quick little Chocobo or Pichu. Their small statures and fast movement speeds will really help with both dodging arrows and running away from the enemies. The end goal is to not get caught by the chasing group or killed by the enemies along the way for 2 minutes.
The animals head towards the only potentially safe place, the Shiverpeaks. Unfortunately, the way is blocked by a lazy Snorlax who refuses to move. Four more pokemon, Breloom, Espeon, Smeargle and Tyrogue stand in front of the sleeping Snorlax, ready to fight the incoming demons. Cornered and without any other option, the frightened animals fight back.
Part Two- Cornered Critters
Play As: Yoshi, Jigglypuff, Chocobo, Doggy and Bear, Pichu, Breloom, Tyrogue, Smeargle, Espeon (no not Snorlax)
Objectives: Survive 3 minutes
Details:
Pretty self-explanatory... you fight an unlimited supply of demons and torment demons for 2 minutes. Is the best defense really a good offense?
The creatures are tired and the demons are many. It would appear as though it were lights out for them, until Sam's group comes to the rescue.
Part Three- Animal Rights
Play As: Sam Lionheart, Kelsey, Michael (Marth Clone), Zelos Wilder, Zelda, Peach, Sain, Link, Mario, Luigi, Snake, Bowser, Ike, Mia, Bastian, Calill, Ilyana, Haar, Pyre Fierceshot, Pikachu, Yoshi, Jigglypuff, Chocobo, Doggy and Bear, Pichu, Breloom, Tyroque, Espeon, Smeargle
Objectives- Survive 7 Minutes
Details:
Again, simple. Your group has basically just doubled in size and the time has increased accordingly.
The demons just keep coming. They are really intent on purging this forest, aren't they?
The sound of the battles brought Snorlax out of his sleep. Angry, the fat bear gets up, walks over to the demons and starts slashing away at them with his giant claws. The animals take this opportunity to run like hell through the mountains. Sam's group doesn't wish to leave the "heroic" Snorlax, but they aren't left with much choice. They are somewhat at ease when they see the Snorlax unphased by his attackers.
So the group, now much larger, thanks to what was apparently a speech from Pikachu to the forest creatures causing them to join, heads into the Shiverpeak Mountains. It will be safer than a direct path into the desert, but it will still be a dangerous path without a doubt.
Cutscene- The Sandbags
A rift opens up at the former campsite of Sam's group. Aeon is the first to step out. He is followed by Kibble, Warlord, K. Rool, and Chris Lionheart in that order. Chris rubs his shoulder, still in pain from that thrashing he received earlier.
Chris: Where has the thief gone.
Aeon casts his hand forming a rift in every direction, each acting like a mirror to a different part of the world.
Aeon: He has headed east, towards the desert.
Warlord: Then lets use one of your rifts to get to the bast*** and be done with it.
Aeon: That won't work. If we attempt to use a rift near him, the villain could simply use Megiddo to close it. Our only option is to chase him.
Warlord: Just lovely... what an underdetailed plan...
Kibble: We must do this for the good of everyone.
Chris: *Stretching* Then lets see how far this body of mine can take me.
K. Rool: Iago, why don't you fly overhead. Warn us of any dangers ahead. (He stretches his arm out and Iago flies into the sky.)
Cutscene- Brothers In Hell
This next cutscene gives you a glimpse of Hell itself, a horrible burning place. Two mysterious figures are shown, one burning in the lake of fire, the other standing on the cliff overhead.
Unknown (1): Brother, this fire... Why does it burn me so? Am I not its master?
Unknown (2): At one time, yes you were its master, brother.... but God has punished you. Your soul has been split in half, as has your power. But worry not... you will rise again. A man under my control is bringing your sword... your soul. With it, you shall once again be mighty..... and all the world shall burn.
(1): Does Hades know of our plot?
(2): He remains blistfully ignorant. And once you are back, it will cease to matter. Our combined might will destroy him.
End of Chapter 10.
Chapter 11- The Shiverpeak Mountains
The Shiverpeak Mountains... a freezing wonderland of ice and snow. This realm is ruled by the centaurs, the minotaurs, the frost giants, and the tengu (a race of flightless avian humanoids). It is not uncommon to find the bodies of these races lying on the ground left over from a skirmish. Perhaps the greatest threat of all is a rebel group of dwarves... the Stone Summit. They are cruel and seek to enslave all other forms of life, including their more righteous brothers, King Jalis's dwarves. There are but three friendly groups in the Shiverpeaks... the dwarves loyal to King Jalis, the Norn (half human half bear race similar to the Laguz), and the human Vanguard who wars with Pyre's people. Due to the prescense of Pyre in their team, the heroes wish to avoid confrontation with the last of the groups. While en route to the desert region, the group is going to appeal to the other 2 factions for aid.
Arc One- The Dwarves
Their first destination would be Droknar's Forge, the capital of the dwarven kingdom. It lies a short distance southwest of their entry point. Here, the group might gain an audience with King Jalis himself. Many great weapons and armors, far beyond that of most human equipment, are forged here. So the group marches on, each person cloaked in a white cloak which blends into the snow.
Sam: (looks over at Kelsey. She is clearly freezing. Her cheeks are already turning blue) Here... take my coat.
Kelsey: Won't you be cold?
S: You're concerned?
K: I don't want to burden another.
S: Thats very kind of you. Don't worry about me... A little cold won't get to me. (He takes off his coat and covers her with it. She smiles and blushes just a little, but it is barely visible due to the blueness of her cheeks.)
K: Thank you.
Pyre: If you two lovebirds are finished then lets GET MOVING. (A little smirk is on Sam's face as he rubs the back of his head a little embarassed. Kelsey is annoyed. If Pyre wasn't so fiercesome, Kelsey would have probably tried to fight.)
Part One- To The Forge
Play As: Sam Lionheart, Kelsey, Michael (Marth Clone), Zelos Wilder, Peach, Sain, Zelda, Link, Mario, Luigi, Bowser, Snake, Pyre Fierceshot, Pikachu, Yoshi, Pichu, Chocobo, Jigglypuff, Doggy and Bear, Breloom, Tyrogue, Espeon, and Smeargle
Objectives: Make it to Droknar's Forge
Details-
Ok this is a simple side-scrolling mission. This section of the shiverpeaks is home mainly to the centaurs. They move quickly. Their groups consist of swordsmen, archers, and healers. Take out the healers ASAP. This level isn't really that long. Easy.
The group has arrived at Droknar's Forge, only to find it under Summit control. A single loyalist scout approaches the group. He tells them that their King lead a large regiment of troops to Thunderhead Keep to crush his brother, the leader of the Stone Summit. Due to this, Droks was left unguarded and was soon taken by the Summit.
The only path to Thunderhead Keep required that the group traverse through the Ice Caves of Sorrow and then to the Iron Mines of Moladune. Both of these realms were dangerous. The Ice Caves were well guarded by the Stone Summit. The Iron Mines were home to all of the savage races. A Stone Summit base guards the entrance to Thunderhead.
Part Two- The Ice Caves of Sorrow
Play As: Sam Lionheart, Kelsey, Michael (Marth Clone), Zelos Wilder, Peach, Zelda, Link, Sain, Mario, Luigi, Snake, Bowser, Pyre Fierceshot, Pikachu, Yoshi, Pichu, Jigglypuff, Chocobo, Doggy and Bear, Breloom, Tyrogue, Espeon, Smeargle
Objectives- Get through the Caves of Sorrow.
Details-
This level is just like playing Guild Wars, an awesome cooperation based MMORPG. You choose 8 party members, one of which you control and the remaining 7 being controlled by other players or computers. Each character auto-attacks enemies by selecting them with the C-Stick when they are in radar range and pressing the A-Button. They have a set of 8 skills which are used by pressing your special buttons, X, Y, Z, and L/R. There is no jump function.
Sam Lionheart takes the skill bar of a typical Axe Warrior. Kelsey is a frontline Assassin who racks up damage very quickly but can't take much of a beating. Michael plays the role of a Sword Warrior. Zelos is a WAME, the infamous Warrior/Elementalist who fights using a noobish set (in other words not a good character). Peach plays the role of a healer, blowing kisses and hearts to heal allies. Zelda is an Elementalist, nuking the crap out of everything. Link plays the role of a Sword Warrior + Archer hybrid. Sain is a Paragon, using a javelin to attack from a distance and buffing and sometimes healing the team with shouts. Mario and Luigi are flare Elementalists (Elementalists who spam the worst single target spell in the game). Snake is a Ranger of sorts, using a gun as the equivalent of a Bow and his mines working as traps. Bowser is a "tank" Warrior with a sword style bar. Pyre Fierceshot is a beast mastery and marksmanship Ranger. Pikachu and Pichu are air (thunder) Elementalists. Jigglypuff is a healer, keeping allies in good spirits with her songs. Chocobo is a hit and run Assassin. Doggy and Bear play the role of Warriors with their strength divided in half (basically the IC's). Breloom is an assassin, performing deadly melee comboes occassionally. Tyrogue is a defensive, or tactics, Warrior. Espeon is a Domination Mesmer, confusing melee enemies and destroying spellcasting enemies. Smeargle is an Illusion Mesmer, buffing the team or hindering foes by manipulating reality. Get used to this mode, as it will be the one you use for the remainder of the level.
The strategy is usually simple. Destroy the enemies' healers, followed by the elementalists and other casters, then ending with the warriors and rangers. This level does however possess the annoyance of Catapults which deal out about 100 damage and flinching to a wide radius.
Each character has a health bar of 480 (500 for Warriors), which regenerates slowly, but at an increasing rate, while not in battle, and a certain amount of armor. Casters (elementalists, healers, and mesmers) have 0 armor, taking the full damage of attacks. Rangers have 10 armor vs. everything, reducing damage taken by about 10% and 30 armor vs. elemental, reducing damage from elemental spells by an additional 30%. Warriors have 20 armor vs. everything and an additional 20 vs. weapon damage. Paragons have 20 armor vs. everything. Assassins have 10 armor vs. everything. If someone dies, Peach or Jigglypuff will auto-ressurect them when the battle is over. Every character has a single use ressurect as the last skill in their bar. It will ressurect the nearest dead team member if there are any. If there are none in reach, it will say "Failed" and you will keep your usage.
About half way through, you can find an Ursaring fighting with Stone Summit Dwarves. If you rescue it, it joins your team permanently. It is a warrior tank like Bowser. Unlike Bowser, Ursaring uses a more "hammer-like" skillset.
This level ends when you get to the very end. It is immediately followed by the Iron Mines.
Part Three- The Iron Mines of Moladune
Playable Characters- ... do I really have to. Everyone from the last mission + Ursaring if you recruited it.
Objective- Get through The Iron Mines of Moladune
Details-
Like the last mission this one is like Guild Wars and your characters haven't changed a bit. Basically just head Northeast for the most part, fighting Centaurs, Frost Giants, and Minotaurs along the way. When you get to the end there is a large Stone Summit base. It will require that you attract smaller groups towards yourself and then run a safe distance away so you can take one part at a time.
The group has finally arrived at Thunder Head Keep, home of the Stone Summit. Jalis is already laying siege on it. Lets help him out.
Part Four- Thunder Head Keep
Play As: Everyone in Sam's group.
Objective- Purge Thunder Head Keep. *Jalis must survive.
Details-
Okay, once again. This is like the similar mission in Guild Wars, with a few differences. The first half of the mission is done solo. You fight Stone Summit dwarves and their enslaved Frost Giants. Once you get inside the throne of the keep, you will find Jalis's dwarves attacking a group of dwarves lead by his brother, an elementalist sub-boss of sorts who is riding a dragon. Jalis's group alone is no match, despite having equal size. Destroy the normal enemies first then kill Jalis's brother. Be as quick as possible so that you don't lose to allied troops.
After this a cutscene plays in which the Ice Climbers climb to the top of the keep and join your group. Nana plays the role of a water (Ice) Elementalist. Popo plays the role of a Hammer Warrior. The great thing about them is that you get two for the price of one. =D
Afterwards you get a bit of an OS moment. The Summit Dwarves outside the keep are pissed. Jalis will run up to the throne, a top section that can be reached by two stairs. You must now defend the keep, which has 2 entrances. The entrances are guarded by the allied dwarves, who are split as close to 50/50 (depending on how many survived the last fight) as possible, with prevalence given to the more difficult left side. To win, you must defeat waves of enemies ASAP. Don't waste any time, otherwise you will be overwhelmed and Jalis will be owned. An easier alternate strategy is to guard Jalis directly at all times. Your team will take priority when the foe chooses targets. Once all the waves are defeated, you win!
Jalis: I have never seen non-Dwarves fight with such bravery. Tell me why are you here?
Pyre: We seek aid from the dwarves. All hell has broken lose in our regions and it will soon spread here if we do nothing.
Jalis: You have aided me in my fight against the Summit. For that, you have my aid. I will spare you some regiments of Dwarven troops.
Sam: One more thing... Droknar's Forge has been overrun.
Jalis: WHAT!
Pyre: I'm afraid its true. The Stone Summit must have split its force and taken Droks antipating your assasult here.
Jalis: Then I must return at once.
Zelos: You weren't doing so well here... are you sure you can take the forces there?
Jalis: Without their leader, the Summit is crippled. They will not be able to stand up to my might.
*Okay, now you have gained some more troops. They don't normally appear in missions, except for two dwarves, Hadhod from The Third Agers moveset and Ogden Stonehealer, a Guild Wars character. They aren't playable characters, rather acting as an AI controlled allies and guides.
Arc Two- The Norn and the Vanguard
The Norn, a laguz-like race, resides north of Thunderhead Keep. They are normally neutral to humans. Norns prize strength above everything, so to rise in their ranks you must be a mighty warrior or a great hunter. Norns are large, being about twice the size of a human and can turn into a mighty bear. The strength of the Norn is necessary if you want to continue.
As Sam's group enters Norn territory, they meet a female norn named Jora. She tells the group of the dangers here and that they should turn back. She tells them of her curse. An evil power robbed her of her ability to turn into a bear and it turned her brother into a bloodthirsty monster, the Nornbear. She has taken it upon herself to hunt her brother alone. When the group insists on moving forward, Jora informs them of the nearby Vanguard base. They would be able to take refuge there. And so... the group sets its sights on the Ebon Vanguard base, a large tower.
Pyre, not wanting to catch the Vanguard's attention, seperates from the group and heads to the Norn camps.
Part One- Finding the Vanguard
Play As: Sam's group (except for Pyre)
Objective- Find the Vanguard Tower
Details-
Another Guild Wars mission, this one actually being only a few minutes in length. The enemies include large frost worms, tunneling mandragors, and tengu, with the last being the smartest and most difficult to defeat. The tower is huge... you can't miss it.
When the group approaches the tower, a forcefield appears around them.
Sam: What is going on!
Zelda: It would appear to be a barrier.
Zelos: Such primitive technology. Watch and learn. (Zelos's sword glows and he slashes the barrier. It dissappears.) Tethe'allan technology for the win!
Unknown: Impressive work... now don't move.
A young woman walks up, surrounded by Vanguard soldiers.
Unknown: My name is Gwen You should be glad that you aren't charr. I would have killed you by now. What are you doing here?
Sam: We seek aid from the Vanguard. There are demons from the desert up north who are spreading to engulf this world. Soon, not even this region will be safe.
Gwen: There is no proof of your claim, boy. Because of this, I cannot authorize you a full force. I will, however, grant you the aid of one of our most impressive new recruits.
A gray haired man walks up with a dagger. He has a very assassin like appearance. Skyler Ocon
Skyler Ocon: I will accompany you... but if you are lying then you will have to answer to me.
A bit disappointed with the lack of Vanguard forces, the group goes to the Norn domain to meet back up with Pyre. On the way they talk with Skyler. He explains that he really has nothing against the Charr in particular. He was seperated from his group in the Shiverpeaks and the Vanguard found him unconcious some time later. He has been working with them since.
The group is attacked by the Nornbear along the way. It appears literally out of nowhere and nearly tears some of the group to shreads. When the group attacks it, it vanishes as quickly as it had appeared.
Zelda: So that must be the Nornbear.... We may want to help Jora on this one.
Zelos: If it wins us the assistance of those big hairy freaks we call Norn than sure.
Part Two- Tracking the Nornbear
Play As: Sam's group (except for Pyre)
Objectives: Find Jora. Track the Nornbear
Details-
Again. This is a Guild Wars mission. Skyler is now another playable character. He is an Assassin/Mesmer who uses illusions to slow the foe down and then close in for a deadly dagger combo. As with other assassins, it is often a good idea to run out of the frontlines until your combo recharges.
Your first objective is to find Jora, who isn't to far from the starting point. You then go around looking for the Nornbear and are repeatedly ambushed by it. When you fight back, it disappears again. Along the way, you have to fight centaurs, tengu, mandragors, and frost giants.
After the 3rd encounter, a cutscene plays. A wolven is flying overhead. Its pilot is blinded by the snowstorms and crashes almost right next to your group. The pilot jumps out and, seeing your group, soon starts to shoot you. Wolf. He is then attacked by the Nornbear. Your group assists him and the Nornbear disappears again. Wolf sniffs the air and then bolts, apparently chasing the invisible monster. Sam's group follows Wolf's animal instincts.
Wolf attacks the air and the Nornbear is revealed.
Boss Battle- The Nornbear
Play As: Sam's Group (Excluding Pyre and Wolf)
Ally NPC: Jora (uses Ike's skillbar but much weaker. Is invinceable), Wolf (Wolf is invinceable but doesn't deal much damage)
Notes- Despite the Guild Wars format of this chapter, this is actually a Smash style boss.
Health- 3 times that of a normal boss. (lets call a normal boss 1000%, as that is what I'm using as the basis for the boss set)
Size- Twice the height of Ike.
Mobile- Yes, very
Difficulty- Medium-High
Attacks:
Claw- A basic claw attack. Fairly quick and somewhat hard to predict. Deals 5...10% damage and very low... low knockback.
Charging Spirit- The Nornbear runs very fast across the stage and knocks down everyone in its way, an effect similar to tripping. Has a predictable start up animation in which he snorts and you can see his breath. This deals 10...25% damage.
Shattered Spirit- The Nornbear releases a large energy wave across the stage dealing 1% damage for every 100% the Nornbear has taken and one rank of knockback (very low, low, medium, good, great, high, very high, OHKO) for every 300% damage the Nornbear has taken. Can be avoided by sidestepping.
Spirit Roar- The Nornbear roars, rearing back its head first. This works like one of MasterWarlord's shouts. Anyone within half of Final Destination length takes 20...30% damage and no knockback. Shield to prevent.
Spirit World Retreat- The Nornbear attempts to disappear again. Wolf immediately leaps out and lands an attack on the Nornbear dealing 100% damage to it and revealing it again. FAIL.
Unseen Agression- When Wolf attacks the Nornbear, the Nornbear unleashes his claws on Wolf. Wolf may be invinceable, but your not. If you were in the reach of the claws, then you take 20...50% damage and good...high knockback.
Strategy-
Be as aggressive as possible. Learn its subtle attack signals especially for Shattered Spirit and Spirit Roar. The more damage you deal, the more often the Nornbear will use Spirit World Retreat, allowing Wolf to take a nice chunk out of its health. Just make sure you avoid Wolf when this happens.
After beating The Nornbear, a cutscene plays.
Svanir (the Nornbear): You are a pathetic excuse for a Norn, Jora.
Jora: It ends here. Sorry, Svanir. YAAA!!! (Jora stabs Svanir and kills him.)
His wolven destroyed and with nowhere to really turn, Wolf joins your group. His allegiance is out of necessity only, but he does prove to be useful.
The group heads to the main Norn camp. Pyre is waiting there. Due to Skyler's lack of hatred towards Charr, and him not being under the Vanguard's eye, Skyler does not attack Pyre. The group gains an audience with some of the more prestigious Norn (Norn do not have leaders or kings, merely champions and legends). The Norn do not have armies... each of them fights for himself and each is mighty. Some of the Norn, including Jora (who still can't become a bear), do volunteer to join the Nintendan Liberation Army (lol) as Sam's group is now called. The norn's assistance does not come do to concern for the immenent danger, but rather a desire to hunt the demons. Why argue over the details though. The Army now has a valuable ally in the Norn.
Their destination drawing ever closer, the Liberators leave the Shiverpeaks.
End of Chapter 11.
Chapter 12- Chasing Megiddo
As we last left off on Aeon's group's journey, they had just arrived at the former Nintendan Liberation Army Camp (back in the forest). They wasted no time in beginning their pursuit of the hooded theif.
Part One- To The Forest Edge
Play As: Chris Lionheart, MasterWarlord, King K. Rool, SirKibble, Chief Mendez, Aeon, Iago (yes the Sandbags are split into individual characters)
Objectives- Leave The Forest
Details-
Okay this is going to look really familiar, as it is basically something the main group has already done. This time, the demon scourge has gained more influence and greater numbers. So expect more fighting for your travel. There are no longer any trees either, as they have been burned. Just make it from the camp to the forest edge (where Sam's group saw the demon army and made the decision to go through the Shiverpeaks).
After that little level, a cutscene plays, reminiscient of the one Sam's group had here.
K. Rool: Wow... thats a lot of demons.
Aeon: Indeed. We are heading towards the heart of all this. Don't expect it to be easy. One of you may not survive this journey.
Mendez: Somehow, that doesn't sound comforting coming from a master of time.
Chris: Let us hope Aeon isn't prophesizing then. If one of us is to die, I hope it be none of you.
MasterWarlord: Death in battle is the greatest honor to a Spartan.
Aeon: I thought you said that was a bad plan.
MasterWarlord: ..... did I, now?
Aeon: Unfortunately, there is no way around it. This is where our theif has headed. The corruption here is causing my power to fade.
Chris: Great how things work out, aint it?
MasterWarlord: Bah! Lets just cut our way through these demonic bast****s and be done with it!
SirKibble: Sounds like a plan to me. We have to do something to help these poor people afterall.
Chris: (drawing Faust from his hip sheathe) Ready?
All: CHARGE!
Part Two- Heroic Charge
Play As: Chris Lionheart, MasterWarlord, SirKibble, Chief Mendez, King K. Rool, Aeon, Iago
Objectives: Kill 1000 Demons
Details-
This is reminiscient of one of the most epic moments in Kingdom Hearts.... the 1000 enemy battle. It works a lot like that to, as aerials will allow you to finish this more quickly. You pick one of the above characters to play as, each using his Smash Bros. moveset. To lose this match, you don't get knocked out, you lose all of your stamina (which is also 1000, with enemy attacks doing somewhere between 10-20 damage). All of the characters you don't choose will be helping you in the form of weak, but invinceable CPU allies. Their damage output is utter crap, but their presence on the field helps you defensively. The demons will often try to pelt you with fireballs, so keep moving. Its really easier than it sounds, though its harder than the Kingdom Hearts equivalent.
As a reward for beating that level, a movie cutscene plays giving you an epic representation of the battle. Its quality is comparable to that of the last battle of the Lord of the Rings.
As Warlord smites the last demon, he screams "VICTORY IS OURS!!!!" Everyone replies by raising their weapons into the air and cheering. Iago, of course can't raise his weapons but his does raise his wings. His shouting is excessive and annoying.
Iago: YEAHHH!!! WE ARE THE WINNERS! THEY ARE THE LOSERS! WE KICKED THEIR ***!!!
K. Rool: Shut up, Iago.
Aeon: It doesn't end here. But we have battled long and hard. Night is drawing nigh and it is time to rest.
Chris: But won't the enemy escape?
Aeon: I still have some power left... not enough to warp us... but enough to set up a slow zone.
Mendez: Slow Zone?
Aeon: An area where time goes at a different rate. You could get a full 8 hours rest there in only a second of real time.
Mendez: This is starting to sound like a bad science-fiction movie.... but do it.
Aeon casts his hand into the sky. A blue barrier forms around the group, encasing a few hundred feet.
That night, Chris stayed up. He was weak. He knew... he would have to train if he were to have any hope of survival. He left his tent and swung his sword, pretending to be attacking an invisible opponent. Beads of sweat dripped down his face as he grew tired. It had been a long time since he had rigorously trained. He could still remember how to fight, how to perform every technique fromf his younger years... but he lacked the stamina and the strength he once had.
Unknown: Shouldn't you be calling it a night, old man?
Chris: Oh, its you Warlord... heh I'm not that old yet.
MasterWarlord: (MasterWarlord walks out of the shadows. He already has his axe drawn. He is using it like a walking-cane.) I couldn't help but hear you spar. You breathe through your mouth when you are exhausted.
Chris: I was trying not to wake anyone. A bit of sword practice will help me a lot more than a good night's sleep.
MasterWarlord: Training with yourself won't help you much. You need an opponent. Tell me.. can you stand up to the might of a Spartan?
Chris: A Valian hero like me stand up to a Spartan? I'm afraid you won't be able to keep up.
MasterWarlord: Have at thee then.
Part Three- Spartan v. Valian Round One
Play As: Chris Lionheart
Opponent: MasterWarlord
Objective- Survive 2 minutes.
You can't even scratch him with your current strength. Just stay alive for 2 minutes. Have fun with that. The match is played on a flat battlefield with walk-off edges. The blue barrier is visible in the background. An interesting effect of this match is that it is in Slow Mode (1/2 speed).
MasterWarlord: Come on...you'll have to do better than that.
Part Four- Spartan v. Valian Round Two
Play As: MasterWarlord
Opponent: Chris Lionheart
Objective- Defeat the opponent
Details-
Its a simple 300% stamina match on the same field as before. This match is in slow mode (1/2 speed).
MasterWarlord: You're good... but you lack power. I claim victory.
Chris: (gasping for air) You can have it... phew I'm not the warrior I once was.
MasterWarlord: I would have loved to fight you in your prime, but even as you are, you are a truly respectable warrior. Who taught you?
Chris: My uncle mostly... but some of it was self-taught. Are all Spartans so powerful?
MasterWarlord: As powerful as me? Nay. But they are a mighty bunch indeed.
Chris: Well... This old man needs to hit the hay. Nice fight.
MasterWarlord: Indeed it was. G'night.
(The two shake hands. There is a mutual respect between them. Chris walks off.)
Behind Warlord, outside the barrier a dark figure appears. Warlord turns around.
Warlord: Who are you?
The dark figure wastes no words. It pulls out a sword.
Warlord: You just watched me fight and you want in? Have it your way. (MasterWarlord lifts his mighty axe over his head and charges at the opponent.)
End of Chapter 12.
Chapter 13- Scorching Sands
The Nintendan Liberation Army now sets foot into the Crystal Desert, so named because each grain of sand is like a tiny crystal. Once thought of as being uninhabitable, this region now is home to an important Foxhound base and the Hidden Sand Village. How well these bits of civilization have held out against the demon threat is unknown. The worst is expected, but still the group will stop by these landmarks if only to set up camp.
*Keep in mind that the timelines for this level are just a bit screwy. The Sand Village and Foxhound arcs are happening at relatively the same time while the Nintendan Liberation Army traverses the scorching desert sands.*
Peach: Its so hot... I'm getting sweaty.
Zelos: Who cares about you... I'm to good to burn out here. (Peach tries to slap Zelos, but she is weak and her arm simply limps down.)
Snake: Now would probably be a good time to give you your army canteens.
Zelos: Why the hell did you let us thirst for this long?
Snake: Because it was fun. *chuckling* Heres your water.
Pyre: You humans and your weaknesses...
Part 1- Traversing the Desert
Play As: Everyone in Sam's group.
Objectives: Get to the Sand Village.
Details-
This is actually like a hyrbrid of a Tales of Vesperia level with a traditional hack n slash. Travel the desert sands attacking the cacti to refresh your group's canteens. A blue gauge in the right side of the map shows how much water your group has left. While finding your destination, you must also keep your group hydrated. Should the gauge reach 0, your group is knocked unconcious, and the mission must be restarted. Larger cacti hold more water. Unlike the actual Tales level however, the combat is more hack n slash-ish, with non-aerial brawl moves instead of completely generic ones. Strangely enough, you can actually be knocked into the horizon like in Smash when your damage percentage gets high enough to allow enemy knockback. Your hp heals as the water guage decreases, as the water maintains your vitality as well. Enemies consist primarily of the demons you have already fought, though new types such as fast moving hellhounds and powerful doom guards from Warcraft 3 have joined the enemy ranks.
Sand Village Arc
The Ninja Village Hidden in the Sand was particularly hard hit by the demons. Its forces have managed to hold the town, but the people are trapped and hope fades. Only with Gaara's might have the Sand Ninjas even held out this long. Before becoming completely trapped, a messenger was sent to Konoha requesting aid. This aid has arrived in the form of some of Konoha's most promising young genin and their troop leader, Kakashi.
Sand Scout: Here comes Hell.
Gaara: (giving an insane face) Then lets send them back where they belong! With the power of Shukaku I will destroy them. (An aura of Sand forms around Gaara as he sends out an army of sand "creatures" to fight the demons.
Part One- The Sand Hokage
Play As: Gaara
Objectives- Hold out for 30 minutes.
Details-
I know what you're thinking... thats one hell of a goal. Its not really that bad. You have to keep the entire town from being destroyed by demons that enter through its multiple entrances. Each entrance has sand ninja guards that you want to protect and you also whip up "living sand" at regular intervals (every 5 minutes) to re-enforce these defenses. The invading demons come in waves of 5 or more, usually consisting of 2 hell hounds, and 3 torment demons with one of the torment demons in each group being replaced by a doom guard from the half point onwards. This level is basically just an adaptation on Brawl, similar to a side-scroller, but rather its an explorable level with a mini-map so you don't get lost. The map even tells you where the enemies are coming from.
(Meanwhile in the forests seperating Konoha and the Hidden Sand Village)
Kakashi Hatake, Naruto, Sasuke, Kiba and Akamaru and Shikamaru Nara are dashing through the trees quickly making their way to the Sand Village. While they are moving, they also talk.
Kakashi: We aren't far off now.
Naruto: If we win here, I will be hokage someday BELIEVE IT.
Sasuke: You realize I want to shank you every time you say that **** catch phrase, right?
Shikamaru: Whatever...
Sasuke: And what the **** is up with you? You're have no emotions!
Shikamaru: I'ld prefer not to be an emo, unlike some people.
Sasuke: What was that?!
Kiba: Shikamaru's right. Right buddy?
Akamaru: Arf!
Sasuke: .....
Kakashi: Stop fighting amongst yourselves. We're not far now..... hey whats going on?
Shikamaru: Demons are burning the trees!
Kakashi: Quick... lets get out of here.
Part Two- Through the Trees
Play As: Kakashi Hatake, Naruto, Sasuke, Kiba and Akamaru, Shikamaru Nara
Objectives: Get through the forest. Race against clock (5 minutes)
Details:
Ok so you are dashing on top of trees and whatnot. You have to find a way through and fast. The trees are being burned and chopped down. If you fall down to the bottom, that character is "killed" by demons, causing you to lose a stock. You have 5 minutes to escape, though only about 3 minutes minimum are necessary.
(Ok now both Gaara's mission and the Konoha mission end at the same time and the ninjas join forces).
Naruto: Gaara!
Shikamaru: The greetings can wait... demons are closing in on us fast.
Part Three- Non-Canon Naruto
Play As: Gaara, Kakashi Hitake, Naruto, Sasuke, Kiba and Akamaru, Shikamaru Nara
Objectives: Hold out for another 30 minutes.
Details:
Ok this is basically just a variation on part 1 of this arc. You pick one character to play as. You then assign the remaining characters to guard the 4 (+ shaped) exits. The top exit is where the worst of it happens, so you would probably want to assign 2 characters to guard it and 1 for each of the others. At the last minute, the enemy sends their best, a truly devastating force, at the north entrance. This is why you assign to here. You still have Sand ninjas and living sand (living sand is refreshed every 5 minutes) to guard each entrance. The enemy groups are a bit larger now, each being 6 members (2 hellhounds, 3 torment demons, 1 doom guard). The last group is invinceable... but you must be able to hold out until the 30 minutes are over.
(The Nintendan Liberation Army has now arrived through the South entrance. They run through the town towards the large northern group and help the ninjas take them down.)
Part Four- Last Wave
Play As: Sam's Group and all the Naruto characters.
Objectives: Purge the demons!
Details:
That invinceable group aint so invinceable any more. Pick one character to give them hell, the rest will be computer controlled allies. There are about 50 or so enemies in this group, but except for the Doom Guards, they aren't really that tough.
Sam: Are you lot a'ight?
Gaara: Whats with the accent?
Zelos: Its just the way he is.... really laid-back.
Sam: Looks like we came at just the right time.
Kakashi: About a half hour ago would have been nice to. What brings you here?
Snake: We're here to put an end to this crap. There is a Foxhound base nearby. As soon as we stop there for re-enforcements we are heading to Hell to stop this.
Kakashi: I would like to come along. What about you, genins?
Naruto: BELIEVE IT!
Sasuke: I will if I don't have to listen to that catchphrase again.
Shikamaru: Whatever...
Kiba: LET'S GO AKAMARU!
Akamaru: WOOF!
Gaara: I would like to come along, but I'm needed here.
Sand Ninjas: We want you to go, hokage. Don't worry about us. We can hold out for a while longer.
Gaara: I will be back soon. (Gaara whips up a bunch more sand creatures and posts them around the entrances.)
Sam: Let's go then.
Foxhound Arc
The Foxhound base was even closer to the heart of Hell. Fortunately, it was much better fortified. Its troops were well trained and it had even enlisted the help of others. It could hold out for a while. Still, time is of the essence when every second could mean another dead soldier.
Snake: (On Codec) Just hold out a while longer. We're on our way.
Octacon: (On Codec) Can do.
Announcement: All troops to the gate. WE HAVE A BREECH!
Snake: (On Codec) .... good job.
AI Colonel: Snake.
Snake: Oh hey, Colonel. What do you need?
AI Colonel: Could you order some pizza while your on your way here?
Snake: What? Thats it I'm hanging up. *leaves*
AI Colonel: Snake? Snake? SNAAAAAAKKKKEEEE!!!!
(Foxhound has hired outside forces to aid in its defense. Among them are Megaman, Protoman, Crono, and others.)
Part One- Defending Foxhound Round One
Play As: Megaman, Protoman, Crono
Objectives: Hold Out 15 Minutes
Details:
Pick a character. The other two will guard the door automatically (unless played by other humans). You now do the same thing you did in Gaara's mission. The difference is that there is only one entrance, less time, and lots more enemies. You'll definitely have to play defensively. After 10 minutes, a cutscene plays, showing Zero in Ciel's Resistance Base. Using the warp portal, he appears in front of Protoman and immediately, and skillfully, slashes an entire line of enemies. He isn't playable at this time, but it sure does help to have another CPU ally, especially as the waves get even tougher to face.
After this level, a cutscene plays. Sam's group has the Foxhound Base in sight. It is completely flooding with enemies. How could they possibly defeat this force? Luck shined on them. Fatman, on his skates, races towards the demonic battalion with a bomb vest strapped to his body. A couple seconds later, he suicide bombs, taking a majority of the demons with him. He would be known as the greatest bomber in history, and more importantly, this fight just became a hell of a lot easier.... and what is this? The remaining demons are fleeing. Well we can't just let them live, can we?
Part Two- Its Demon Season
Play As: Sam's Group (now including the ninjas), Foxhound Defenders (Zero, Megaman, Protoman, Crono)
Objectives: Hunt down the demon scourge!
Details-
How odd... this time the enemy is the one defending itself. The enemies appear in scattered remnants, groups of 1-3 enemies. This isn't really challenging so much as it is annoying, as you have to find them to kill them. There are no enemies in the Foxhound base. You can only pick one character, the rest are left behind. This follows the same basic play style as the ones you have been playing in the Sand Village (minus the defense part).
Arc Three- The Halberd
(these events are happening at roughly the same time as the Foxhound battle)
In times of crises, even worst enemies can become allies. This was true for the Dream Land characters. Kirby, Metaknight, King Dedede, The Super Star Helpers, Capsule J2, The Halberd Crew.
Even when flying in the Halberd, the group wasn't necessarily safe.
*BOOM*
Metaknight: What was that?
Captain Vul: We have a breech. The right wing has been hit.
Metaknight: They will have to FIGHT ME!
Part One- Battle Aboard the Halberd
Play As: Kirby, Metaknight, King Dedede, The Super Star Helpers, Capsule J2 Halberd Crew (except for Vul who is piloting the ship), Kawasaki
Objectives: Give Them Hell
Details:
Ok this is like the epic Revenge of Meta Knight mission in K:SS. Rather than being thrawted by devices like the cannon or the Heavy Lobster, Vul has actually used this to help the group defeat the demons. There are approximately 300 enemy demons. Fortunately heavy lobster is great for killing them off. It does not work on its own, however. You can actually pilot it (and it has a huge health bar) using its moves from the Kirby game, or you can even order a computer ally to pilot it at the beginning of the mission. Overall a really fun mission.
After this mission, the other wing of the Halberd is destroyed in a fiery explosion. It would appear that Vul, due to the damage of the right wing, was unable to avoid flying right into Mr. Shine and Mr. Bright.
Downwards the giant ship spiraled. The Kirby team had no choice but to abandon ship. As luck would have it, they landed right next to Foxhound. Everything comes together by the looks of it.
Now multiple groups have met at Foxhound. They decided to stay the night there. It was a large base, each person could actually have their own room, as long as the couples (like Ike and Mia) shared one. Oddly enough, Sam resisted the chance to be a total moron by not asking Kelsey to share a room. He simply said goodnight and went to his room.
His reason for doing this was actually simple. He had had enough of presenting a false visage to no avail. He wanted tow in the girl of his dreams his way now.
Cutscene- A Leap of Faith
Song- Gotta Be Somebody By Nickelback
Sam opens the door to his chamber. Its a simple soldier's quarters, complete with a basic bed, a weapon rack, and generic design. He reached into his pocket and pulled out a gold necklace. He had bought it shortly before the trip and had kept it on him for just the right moment.
Sam: (to himself) Should I do this... should I take a leap? ..... Of course I should... God give me strength. (he breathes deeply and heaves a sigh) ... here goes nothing.
Sam leaves his room. He goes next door to Kelsey's and knocks on the door. She opens the door.
Kelsey: Oh its you. Forgot to hit on me yet?
Sam: No, its not like that. I've actually going on a walk... Would you like to come with me?
Kelsey: Well... okay.
(The two walk outside of the base. They knew it was against orders to be outside the fort, but they didn't really care.)
Song- I Can Be Your Hero, Baby
S: Even in the midst of all this chaos, the world is so beautiful at night.
K: Mmmhmm. The stars are really out tonight.
S: I often take a stroll when everyone else is busy sleeping. It helps... keep me relaxed.
K: You get stressed?
S: Of course... being a prince isn't just perks... Someday, I'll have to be King.... father can't live forever afterall. Governing a country isn't something I look forward to... especially not after his reign. He has left such big shoes to fill.
K: I never really thought of it that way.... when I thought of you... I thought of someone who had things easy in life.... not like me, an orphan.
Sam: Everyone has their own problems... I'm not going to lie to you, there are perks to being a prince, but for me, they are far outweighed by the problems.
K: You mean your future duties?
S: Yes and no... Everyone basically looks at me in the same light as you did. Arrogant, lazy, spoiled... its easy to get such impressions from royalty.
K: I'm sorry...
S: I didn't mean to guilt trip... Don't apoligize. (Smiling) You've made life fun for me.
K: (with a slight blush) You really shouldn't give me so much credit.... I don't even know why you care about me.
S: Its an interesting story. As prince, y'know I get a lot of suitors... all of them rich ladies with the visage of beauty. But that is not want I want.... They are just interested in further increasing their wealth and influence... it sickens me. I want to make my own choices in this life. I want someone who can love me.
K: But why me? You've seen how I rejected you.
S: You were the first, the only one not to obsess over me... you aren't trying to gain wealth or power. In the end, you want the same thing as I. Am I right?
K: Such intelligent insight... are you sure you're the Sam I know?
S: That Sam was but a visage... a false confidence that I wore in hopes of gaining you... but then I regained my sight. That visage never impressed you... and even by some miracle, you did fall in love with it... it's not me. The man you're speaking to now.... that's me.
K: I don't know what to believe...
S: Then believe that I love you... (he reaches into his pocket and pulls out the gold necklace from earlier. He puts it around her neck.)
K: ... Whats the occassion?
S: Its your birthday... well as close to your birthday as is known... The Academy told me that this is the anniversary of the day you arrived on their doorstep.
K: This is very sweet... but I'm not worth it.
S: But you are.... a lady like you... you're more than I deserve. You've beautiful and kind and most importantly, I think you feel the same way about me. What say you, Kels... will you be mine tonight?
K: .... I don't know...
S: Do you trust me?
K: Yes... Yes I do... but I don't think I'm ready yet. (She takes off the necklace and with it in hand, she places it in his hand). I'm sorry.
S: (Grabbing her hand) Keep it... and take all the time you need. (Smiling faintly) I know this night is confusing for you, considering the past few years... but what you see now is real. Make your decision based on your own desire. So long as I live, I'll be waiting. Good night.
K: Good night.
(He takes her hand and places a kiss on it. She watches as she walks back into the Foxhound base. A single tear forms in her eye and rolls down her cheek slowly. When the camera shifts to Sam, we can see a tear on his cheek as well. He was actually happy. His move didn't win her over that night, but it would soften her heart towards him. Before entering Foxhound, Sam looks towards the sky and softly says "Thank you." Now there was finally hope. Kelsey stays for a minute or two to think and watch the stars... she doesn't have her answer yet, but she is in a good mood nonetheless. Afterwards, she goes back to her room.)
Final Arc- Megiddo's Power
*This arc is split in two. Aeon's group chases the evil sword's wielder to the hellhole towards the east. Sam's group marches north on Hell, completely unaware of the sword. Sam's group will find the thief before Aeon's does.*
Zelos: All right, lets go. If we're going to burn we might as well get it over with.
Sam: Don't be so pessimistic... We're going to succeed.
Naruto: BELIEVE IT!
Sam: Umm... right... thats the spirit.
Part One- Marching North
Play As: Sam's group (including newly recruited characters from Foxhound, Dreamland, and the Sand Villages)
Objectives: Go to Hell
Details-
Remember the Tales of Vesperia based mission from earlier. This is basically just like that, but with a different layout. The Hellhole is, of course, north. Everything is basically the same as the Tales based mission but with more enemies, and of course more allies.
(As they arrive at their destination, the group sees the hooded man running towards the Hellhole with a sword.
Sam: What are you doing!?
The man looks at the group. Rather than speak, he throws a fireball.
Sam: That was uncalled for! You want to die? I'll grant you that wish.
Part Two- Marching East
*Sorry for the odd order, but it was necessary. This is the Sandbags eastward march. It is happening at the same time as the upcoming boss fight.*
Play As: Aeon, Chris Lionheart, MasterWarlord, Chief Mendez, Sir Kibble, King K. Rool
Objectives- Find the thief
Details-
Basically the same as the last one but more challenging, as the enemies are higher in number (proportionally) compared to your team members. This time, of course, the Hellhole is east.
Boss Battle- The "Angel of Death"
Description-
A mysterious man, shrouded in black, the so called "Angel of Death" seeks to destroy you. He wields the sword of hell, Megiddo.
Play As: Sam's Group
Size: Human Size
Hp: About 5x that of a current brawl boss (scaled to be more towards your team's size.)
Difficulty- Medium-High -> High
Attacks:
Sword Slash- Common and generic. Its slow and fairly predictable. Deals 15...30% and medium...high knockback.
Fire Wave- Slashes and releases a wave of fire similar to the Demon Fang of Tales of Symphonia. It travels all the way across the stage and deals 10...25% damage and low to good knockback.
Rain of Fire- One section of the sky burns red and rains fire less than a second later. Move out of it to dodge. Deals 20...35% damage and good...very high knockback.
Reap Life- Teleports behind a character and slashes at them with his sword. Deals 10...25% damage and medium...high knockback.
Homing Fire- Fire gathers in his hand for a second. He then throws a massive fireball that splits into 6 smaller ones, which auto-seek targets. They do 5...15% each. Oddly enough, they don't damage shields at all.
Eruption- Basically the same as Rayquaza's explosive move (the signal is in the sword). 3 times the horizontal reach at the cost of 3% damage.
(As the boss battle ends, a cutscene plays)
Cutscene- Chosen One
(Chris's group is seen running towards Sam's. As they are arriving, Sam slays the enemy with his axe and reaches for the sword, thinking to give it to his father)
Chris: No son, DON'T!
It was to late, the young prince had already grasped the foul blade in his hand.
Chris: Give the sword to me, son.
Sam: Tell me, father. Do you fear fire?
Chris: No.
Sam: You are lying.
(A fireball forms in his hand. He throws it at Chris. With no time to dodge, Chris pulls out the sword on his back and guards himself with it. Smoke forms where Chris was standing. Noone can tell what has happened. As the smoke clears, Chris is seen standing. He is relatively unharmed, but he is a little scorched.)
Kelsey: What are you doing, Sam?
Sam turns his face towards her. The pupil's of his eyes have changed to a blood red.
Kelsey: (gasping in shock) What is wrong with you?
Sam: Nothing at all. I have been filled with true wisdom. Your journey ends here, I'm afraid. Here is a parting gift.
(Sam raises the evil sword into the air. It releases a flare, calling all of the desert's demons to converge on this point.)
Chris: My son, what are you doing?
Sam: I am going to bring back the true king of this world. Don't try to stop me. I promise you nothing but death if you do.
Michael: You're not going anywhere. (Michael summons a tornado around Sam, who merely steps through it, unharmed.)
Sam: Ah, Michael. Why don't you release your visage. Show the group who you really are?.... Saint Michael, Archangel of Heaven.
Chris: You are Ashencroft, aren't you?
Ashencroft: Silence. I don't answer to inferior beings like you. Now where was I... oh, yes. Reveal yourself, Michael.
Michael: Very well. (Michael's wings burst through his armor as he is surrounded by a brilliant aura of light.) You do understand that I cannot spare your life now.
Ashencroft: Don't worry. I won't provide you that mercy either. I have yet to fully rid this body of its soul... and so while I am gone the demons I have called will keep you busy.
(The possessed Sam runs into the Hellhole and demons start pouring out once again.)
Michael: This is bad.
Chris: Tell me, Michael, is there a way to save him?... Is there a way to free my son?
Michael: A demon of his power cannot be banished even by someone of my power. I am sorry, Chris. Your son is already as good as dead.
End of Chapter 13.
Chapter 14- Engame ~ The End of the World?
Chris: What do you mean my son is dead!?
Michael: He has been possessed by a great evil... his body has already started to take the form of his parasite.... it only took an instant for him to gain the eyes of the evil one. By the 13th hour, there will be no sign of him.
Chris: The 13th hour?
Michael: A minute past midnight. Tonight, the planets shall align. Should we fail to put an end to this demon, then he will be nearly unstoppable.
Chris: Then we can release Sam before then?
Michael: There is one chance for him, his own will. But that is an abysmal hope. It is nearly impossible for a human to cast away a demon on his own.
Chris: Then there is that hope, atleast.
Michael: We can not leave it to chance... If we don't kill him, we risk the loss of his soul.
Chris: ... My wife and I brought him into this world.... we saw him become a great man. If anyone is to take his life... then let it be me.
Michael: Can you bring yourself to kill your own son?
Chris: It will be a horrible pain... but it is something I must do. I will give him one last gift... I will free him.
Michael: You will need great strength. That sword on your back...
Chris: Le Blade de Lion?
Michael: If that is what you call it... Its true name is Durandal. It is the twin to my Requiem. If the blade considers you worthly of being its owner, then you will receive strength.
Chris: Has it?
Michael: I will be the judge of that...
(Michael takes Durandal from Chris and commands him to kneel. The heavenly blade is then tapped on Chris's shoulders, much like a knighting ceremony.)
Michael: If you are worthly, then you have now become a knight of Heaven.
(Chris is surrounded by a blinding light. For a second, noone can see him. When the light fades, he looks transformed. His hair has grown longer and looks much like a mane. He is more muscular and even looks younger. His beard has also grown thicker.)
Chris: What is this power?
Michael: It is a power you have always held, but could not release, Chris of the Lion's Heart. Now... show us your power.
(A sudden urge overtakes Chris, almost like an instinct. In response, he rears back his head and lets out a loud roar, such that no human could produce. He has become the embodiment of courage, power, and nobility.... a white lion.)
Chris: This is amazing... I've never felt so strong... not even in my prime.
Michael: Then stay true to your word. Wield the divine Durandal, and with it free your son from the grasp of darkness.
Chris: I will. For one last time, mighty Durandal shall cast away the approaching shadows! Now... to victory!
(Everyone): (cheering) TO VICTORY!
Part 1- Hopeless Battle
Play As:
Chris Lionheart, Kelsey, Michael The Arch-Angel, SirKibble, MasterWarlord, King K. Rool, Chief Mendez, Aeon, Iago, Zelos Wilder, Peach, Zelda, Sain, Link, Marth, Mario, Luigi, Snake, Bowser, Pyre Fierceshot, Ike, Mia, Bastian, Calill, Haar, Ilyana, Pikachu, Yoshi, Jigglypuff, Pichu, Doggy and Bear, Chocobo, Breloom, Tyrogue, Espeon, Smeargle, Ursaring, Skyler Ocon, Wolf, Gaara, Naruto, Kakashi, Shikamaru, Kiba and Akamaru, Sasuke, Kirby, Metaknight, King Dedede, Halberd Crew, Super Star Helpers, Shine and Bright, Capsule J2, Chef Kawasaki, Megaman, Zero, Protoman, Crono
0bjective:
Hold out 30 minutes.
Details:
Ok your basically working with a massive scale battle, like the ones you had been playing in the last chapter. This time you pick one unit, who has 5 stocks. The rest are weak, but valuable CPU (or other player) controlled allies. The demons just keep coming... it doesn't matter how many you cut down. You just have to stay alive.
Chris: (Laughing) Ha... ha ha ha... theres so many. *Cuts down a demon* How can we defeat them all.
Michael: We need an army....
(As if in response, a light is seen from above. Down from the heavens flies Pit and his army of angels. Michael and Pit seem to know each other, and can understand what is going on without saying a word, perhaps they are communicating by thought.)
Zelos: Talk about good timing.
Michael: It won't be enough... we'll need more....
Chris: Hey, Aeon... has your power returned?
Aeon: Why would they have?
Michael: Ah, Aeon. How could I forget the master of time? Your lack of power was caused by an extreme amount of chaos. Thanks to the angels, balance is being restored. You should be able to use your powers again.
Aeon: Then I will go gather the armies of this continent.
Chris: Make haste.
Aeon: I am the master of time, after all.
*In this next level, new characters WILL make their way in. This is because Aeon has gathered them alongside the common units.*
Part 2- The Epic Clash
Its even more awesome than the last battle of the Lord of the Rings!
Play As:
Earth's Heroes, Angels, Warriors of the Emblem, Hyrule Knights, Mushroom Kingdom, Dreamlanders, Ninjas, Stealth, Pokemon, Beasts
Objectives:
Build and Destroy (RTS); Destroy the Demon Army
Details:
Quite possibly the most epic level yet. Finally, you get to experience a Nintendo cross-over RTS game. It goes by many of the same mechanics of Warcraft 3. You must use your common worker units to build things and gather resources (the resources of this game being wood and food, collectable by chopping down trees for wood, and by means such as grain mills and slaughterhouses for food). Aeon may be bringing the army, but it is your job to accomidate it. You pick one group to play as, each with distinctive units and abilities (giving you a reason to replay this level again and again). The rest of the groups are CPU controlled allies (or controlled by other players through split-screen.) Each group has its own set of heroes (the playable characters of the game) which serve as powerful units and many different generic unit types, as well as different buildings. A hero has high stats and a set of moves which you must command him/her to use by moving the cursur over their skill in the menu and pressing A. They have good starting stats, but a great potential to level up (level 10 being the max). I can't possibly explain every little detail, but I will attempt to give you a good overview of each group. Each team has a max population, which is determined by how many houses you have built (with a max population of 100 points). The demons have a truly massive force, but through coordinated assaults with your allies, you should be able to win. There are always easy difficulty modes for you non-RTS players.
*To move a unit, move the cursur over them and press A to select. Hold A while moving the stick to create a selection box, allowing you to select every unit in an area, with a max group size of 12. You can also select every unit of a type by double pressing the A button. Access the menu/pause the game with the start button. Each unit also has a command window. Move the cursur over commands and press A to select them. When in groups, you will have to move the C-Stick over the specific ally whose command menu you want to use and select them.*
The characters are grouped as such:
*Teams with more heroes have weaker heroes*
Earth Team:
(A well-balanced team)
Chris Lionheart, Kelsey, King K. Rool, Chief Mendez, MasterWarlord, SirKibble, Skyler Ocon, Zelos Wilder (pick 3)
Angels:
(A team of mighty, but few)
Michael, Pit
Emblem Warriors:
(A team leaning more towards numbers than power, but not so much as the Mushroom Kingdom)
Ike, Mia, Marth, Bastian, Haar, Calill, Ilyana, Sain, and (eventually) Micaiah (Pick 4)
Hyrule Knights:
(A team of very powerful heroes to round out its lack of heroes. Units are average)
Link, Zelda/Sheik
Mushroom Kingdom:
(A team that has weak, but plentiful units and heroes)
Mario, Luigi, Peach, Bowser, Yoshi, and (eventually) Donkey Kong, Diddy Kong, Wario (Pick 5)
Beasts:
(A team of highly varying heroes, from the projectile and traps of Pyre, to the speed of Chocobo, to the split power of Doggy and Bear)
Pyre Fierceshot, Doggy and Bear, Chocobo
Pokemon:
(A team of many weak heroes, with Mewtwo being the only particularly amazing one and fast-building units)
Pikachu, Pichu, Jigglypuff, Breloom, Espeon, Smeargle, Tyrogue, Ursaring, and (eventually) Pokemon Trainer, Lucario, Mewtwo (Pick 6)
Ninjas:
(A team of Narutards. Its very good at defending but can't mount an offensive to well, due to a reliance on ninja traps. Great heroes).
Naruto, Gaara, Kakashi, Shikamaru, Kiba and Akamaru, Sasuke (Pick 3)
Stealth (Foxhound):
(A team of very powerful, but few units)
Snake, Megaman, Protoman, Zero, Crono, and (eventually) Samus, Roll, Wolf, and (eventually) Fox Falco and Krystal(only 1 is available at a time)
Dreamlanders:
(Its heroes don't have a lot of defense, but they pack one hell of an offense)
Kirby, Dedede, Metaknight, Halberd Crew, Super Star Helpers, Kawasaki, Capsule J2 (3 available at a time)
Team Example:
Earth's Heroes Team:
Heroes-
Chris Lionheart, Kelsey, King. K. Rool, Chief Mendez, MasterWarlord, SirKibble, SkylerOcon (Pick 3)
General-
The earth team represents balance. Its heroes aren't overpowered nor underpowered. Its units have no glaring flaws or strengths. A very easy team to learn with, as you can't go wrong with them.
Hero Example-
Chris Lionheart-
Summary-
A very well rounded hero, having perfect medium stats. Stat increases upon level up are average, multiplying by 3 from the first to the last level up.
Powers-
Aura of Courage (all units in radar of Chris gain +1...3...5 damage to all attacks), Roar (all non-boss foes in radar are stunned for 1...2...3 seconds. 30 second recharge),
Attack- 10 -> 30
Armor- 5 -> 15
Hp- 300 -> 900
Units-
Citizen- A basic worker unit. Weak in combat do to no armor, low health, and 1 attack. Builds stuff and gathers resources. Can be called into miltia for combat. (Uses 1 population)
Militia- A temporary weak combat unit (citizen turned soldier). 1 armor, fairly low health, and 3 attack. Cannot build. Becomes a citizen after 30 seconds.
Valian Knight- A basic footsoldier having 1 starting armor (4 max) and 5 starting attack (8 max) (Uses 2 population)
Valian Horseman- A fast moving mounted knight with 3 start armor (6 max) and 7 starting attack (10 max) (3 pop.)
Valian Archer- Attacks from afar with a bow. 0 start armor (3 max), low hp, 6 start attack (9 max) (2 pop.)
Valian Captain- A powerful foot unit. 5 start armor (8 max), 8 start attack (11 max) (4 pop.)
Valian General- A highly respected warrior and commander. 7 start armor (10 max), 10 start attack (13 max), has the ability to call other valian soldiers to defend him. (5 pop)
Doctor- A human trained to keep his allies alive. 0 start armor (3 max), 0 attack, medium health. Can heal other units for massive amounts at adjacent reach. (2 pop.)
Buildings-
Town Hall -> Fort -> Castle (Primary building for dropping off resources and training workers and converting them to militia. It also serves as the main part of the "tech tree").
Barracks (Primary unit builder. Can train Knights with Town Hall, Captains with Fort, and Generals with Castle).
Combat Station (trains archers and horsemen, requires Fort)
Infirmiry (trains doctors, requires Fort)
Farm (provides food, must be built on a well)
Lumbermill (alternate drop off for lumber)
Forge (provides upgrades for units)
Castle Lionheart (building where all the heroes are gathered, use to summon or revive heroes)
House (a common house, use to raise population limit with a max of 100)
Barricade (provides a defensive fortification for the town, can be broken but has large durability bar)
Guard Tower (place archers here to fire deadly arrows with +10 bonus damage for defensive purposes)
(OK now that that tower of text is over... lets move on.)
(The victory here has allowed the heroes to get into Hell. The army stays behind to hold off the demons. Hell is a horrible place. The lake of fire is down below, and the screaming of souls can be heard. It is very much what you would expect of Hell.)
Part Three- The Depths of Hell
Play As:
Chris Lionheart, Kelsey, Michael The Arch-Angel, SirKibble, MasterWarlord, King K. Rool, Chief Mendez, Aeon, Iago, Zelos Wilder, Peach, Zelda, Sain, Link, Marth, Mario, Luigi, Snake, Bowser, Pyre Fierceshot, Ike, Mia, Bastian, Calill, Haar, Ilyana, Pikachu, Yoshi, Jigglypuff, Pichu, Doggy and Bear, Chocobo, Breloom, Tyrogue, Espeon, Smeargle, Ursaring, Skyler Ocon, Wolf, Gaara, Naruto, Kakashi, Shikamaru, Kiba and Akamaru, Sasuke, Kirby, Metaknight, King Dedede, Halberd Crew, Super Star Helpers, Shine and Bright, Capsule J2, Chef Kawasaki, Megaman, Zero, Protoman, Crono, Roll, Samus, Pokemon Trainer, Lucario, Mewtwo, Donkey Kong, Diddy Kong, Micaiah
Objectives:
Find Sam
Details:
Ok this mission is platforming Hell, quite literally. Basically just take Smash controls and put them into a platforming world complete with demons, and you've got this level. The end goal is a large black door in the center of Hell, but to enter you must find a collect 6 keys (in the North, South, Northeast, Northwest, Southeast, and Southwest of the map). Each key is guarded by a different evil character. Ganondorf, Jafar, Lyon, Death, Joker, and Black Doom are all recruitable characters (despite having no story role) by defeating them here. Making a cameo of sorts from my last SM, and MYM3, is Nightmare. He serves as the guardian of the door, using a constantly soul charged version of his MYM3 moveset, after all the keys have been collected. Defeat him and the mission ends.
(After this level a cutscene plays as the group runs in to see Sam. Sam's eyes are as red as they were before, but now he also bears large black-feathered wings. His hair is turning black and he is becoming more and more like Ashencroft in appearance. Upon seeing the group, he forms a wall of fire, trapping keeping everyone but Chris and Kelsey out of the fight. It looks as though Ashencroft's intentions are to start by murdering Sam's two most beloved people.)
End of Endgame Part I.
Ashencroft: Ah, good, you've come. I was hoping you'ld challenge me.
Poiseidon: Brother, let us vanquish them together.
Ashencroft: I am sorry, brother... but I have no need of you anymore. (Ashencroft slashes Poiseidon with Meggido. Despite the great power of the water demon, he could not stand up to Ashencroft's new power.) ... Now I won't have to share this world with you.
Michael: Such cruelty... such power... how could you slay your own brother!?
Ashencroft: Surprised to see my new strength? Even incomplete, noone in this room could possibly hope to be my equal. But now back to the matter at hand.
Chris: What do you want?
Ashencroft: Its simple... I want to crush this world, and all others who would refuse to worship me, under my grieve.
Michael: You are not worthy of worship, Vulcan.
Ashencroft: Ah, I had almost forgotten about you, Michael. No use concealing my name anymore. I am Vulcan... you may know of me from Roman lore.
Chris: The "god" of fire?
Vulcan: The same... I merely sought the respect I have been long due.
Michael: You are a monster. When you posed as a god you commited treason.
Vulcan: Treason? The word means nothing to me. I will commit any sin to be deified.
Chris: Why did you possess Sam?
Vulcan: Again, a stupid question with a simple answer.... Because I could... and for vengeance. You and that ****ed sword of yours dared to resist me... but no more.
Chris: You have taken away almost every person I have ever cared about!
Vulcan: Almost? Oh, right, your wife. Aeon, do me a favor and show us a rift to Castle Lionheart.
Aeon: ....
(He casts his hand forwards and forms a rift showing a truly horrible sight. Castle Lionheart is burning. Ryann is trapped in the inferno. As Chris watches in horror, he sees her last words "Goodbye my son... farewell, my husband... our love shall last longer than I.)
Chris: RYANN!!! NO!.... ****IT!!! You will pay for this!
Vulcan: Oh, but you don't want to hear me talk about your son... the grave irony that will lead to your end? Your son was the perfect vessel... he put up no resistance, all because he wanted power.
Kelsey: You lie!
Vulcan: Do I? Think for a minute... why would your little suitor have been possessed so easily if he didn't have a black soul? *laughing* This is just great! Do you really think he loves you!? If he loves you then he will surely object to me taking your life.
Chris: You will not have the opportunity. (He steps in front of Kelsey and whispers "I'll handle this... I don't want you to have to fight your lover.") This "****ed sword" and I will put an end to you.
Vulcan: Heh... Could you honestly take the life of your son?
Chris: He is already dead, is he not? I'm going to give his death some meaning.
Vulcan: Have at thee, then.
Father And Son~ Boss Battle- Chris Lionheart
The great Valian hero... the demonslayer... the one with the heart of a lion... Chris Lionheart stands in the way of Vulcan's rise!
Play As: Vulcan (Ashencroft)
Fight In: Hell (a stage that is effectively a hybrid of the 2nd and 3rd phases of Castle Siege. The field is a hellish version of the 2nd phase with stalagmites replacing the statues. Instead of walk off edges, your character can fall into the lake of fire, like in the 3rd phase of Castle Siege, but keep in mind the stage doesn't tilt.)
Song: In The End- By Linkin Park (Piano Version)
Difficulty: High
Health: About 1.2x that of a normal boss
Mobile: Yes (just as mobile as a playable character, can even double jump).
Affected By Knockback: No
Moves:
At 0% damage-
Crescent Slash Chris runs across the map at a fast pace (rougly that of Captain Falcon). If he runs into you, he immediately slices upwards quickly, dealing 10...25% damage and good...high vertical knockback.
Parry- Chris blocks your attack. Random (rougly 10...20%) activation.
Fury- Chris stabs forwards quickly many times, like Pit (but with much greater reach and intimidation due to a larger weapon). No knockback (causes flinching) but a fearsome 5...15% per second. DI can be used to escape.
Jumping Slash- A simple downwards slash performed if he is currently in the air. Deals 5...15% and medium...great knockback.
At 1/4th damage
(all of the above plus)
Heaven's Slash- Chris's blade flashes and he swings it upwards with both hands. If it strikes someone, they are set on holy fire (taking 1% per second for 5 seconds) and take 15...30% and great...high knockback.
Gold Wave- Chris slashes and releases a shockwave across the field. Getting slashed by the sword will also result in a hit from the shockwave. Each of the move's 2 possible hits deals 5...15% and medium...great knockback.
At 1/2 damage
(Chris transforms into a lion, becoming completely immune to knockback. All of the above moves, except for Roar, are still useable, but in alternate animations, usually claw swipes. The Gold Wave is replaced by Roar.)
Roar- Chris rears his head back then lets out an intimidating roar. If you are within 5 stage builder blocks of him, you take 10...25% damage. This move breaks your shield if you attempt to shield it.
At 3/4 damage
(Chris, in a last desperate stand, halfshifts, becoming a human with lionlike features such as claws, yellow eyes, and a thicker, longer main, as well as sharp teeth and strong jaws. Every above move is usable again.)
Lionheart Combo-U] Chris performs the Crescent slash move. This time, he leaps into the air after you, goes right into Fury for 2 seconds and then finishes off with a Heaven's Slash. Deals a whopping 40% damage (10%+15%+5%x2= 40%) and high...OHKO upwards knockback. In lower difficulties, this can be survived if your damage is low enough. You definitely must avoid this attack at all costs.
Strategy- Keep your distance to the best of your ability. Your Neutral B works wonders, as each of the 6 hits takes off as much as one of Fox's lasers. Spam like hell. Run. Rinse. Repeat.
(After the boss fight a cutscene plays. Chris is barely able to hold his sword. He is tired and defeated.)
Vulcan: Is this truly the man who defeated me those 20 years ago? You are a joke. (He walks up to Chris, grabs him by the neck and stabs him in the stomach. If this game had an M rating, you would be able to see the sword protruding through Chris's back and the blood running from his wound. He would be spitting blood.) Any last words, Chris?
Chris: So this is how I am to die... I am sorry my son... I could not save you.
(In reply to this, one of Sam's eyes returns to normal, as if part of him is trying to resist.)
Sam: FATHER!
Vulcan: Who gave you permission to speak!? No matter... watch as your father burns. (Vulcan casts his hand down at Chris. The fallen hero's body is set ablaze.)
Zelos: STOP DROP AND ROLL CHRIS! (It was no use, for Chris was already dead.)
Vulcan: Good riddance... (To Sam) now to finish off your pretty little girlfriend.
Sam: Don't you lay a hand on her!
Vulcan: Don't make demands of me, boy. All you can do is watch as her life bleeds away.
Sam: Kelsey! You must fight. I beg of you, kill me!
Kelsey: (crying) I can't... how could I raise my sword to you?
Sam: There is no other way... I refuse to watch you die!
Kelsey: I'm sorry, Sam. If this is the way it must end, then I will grant your wish. (Drawing her sword)
*This part consists of 2 fights at the same time: one between Sam and Kelsey and the other in Sam's body as he tries to cast out the demon.*
(This conversation takes place in Sam's body, between Vulcan and Sam's soul.)
Vulcan: Let this teach you a valuable lesson... learn your place I shall destroy your soul.
Sam: Go ahead... Destroy my body. Destroy my soul. But I won't allow you to lay one hand on her.
Vulcan: Oh? You would try to defeat me?
Sam: (smirking as he lifts his halberd over his shoulder) No.... I WILL defeat you.
Vulcan: Foolish boy. All right, have at thee!
Battle For Your Soul~ Boss Battle- Vulcan Part I
Play As: Sam Lionheart
Stage: Inside Your Mind- This stage is odd. It is basically just a modified Battlefield with a larger stage and larger platforms. Another interesting feature is that the area around where Vulcan stands is always darkened and corrupted, where as the area around your character glows white. When both character's areas overlap, it results in a shade of gray.
Song: Inside the Fire~ By Disturbed
Difficulty: High
Health: About 1.5x that of a normal boss
Size: Human size
Mobile: Yes, as mobile as a human character
Knockback?: Can be knocked back, but knockback is set (no real % bar, so knockback against him won't increase.)
Moves:
At Full Health:
Flames of the Beast- Vulcan throws a single very large fireball that splits into 6 equally sized smaller fireballs. These all home in on you and deal 3...7% damage and flinching each. The easiest way to counter this is to shield, as these don't damage shields at all.
Volcano- Vulcan casts his hand forward and an eruption occurs under you character's current position. It rises 3 stage builder blocks upwards (but gets higher with each level, raising all the way to the top of the screen when Vulcan is at 25% health) This deals 10...25% and good...high knockback if it hits.
Inferno Edge- Vulcan slashes at you with his sword (only uses when he is next to you). Fairly predictable. The hitbox of the slash is greatly increased by a disjointed flame it releases, which also adds a lingering effect. Deals 5...15% damage and medium...great knockback if it hits.
Parry- Vulcan blocks your melee attack with his sword. 10...20% activation rate.
At 75% health:
Heat Wave- Vulcan flies down to ground level, fires a beam that must be double jumped over to be dodged, then flies to the middle of the screen fires a second wave of fire that must be dodged with your recovery or by falling downwards quickly, and then flies to the top third and fires a 3rd wave that can be dodged by falling downwards. Each blast can deal 15...30% damage and good...high knockback.
Twin Towers- Vulcan disappears then appears in the middle of the screen. Two large towers of flame with a width of 5 stage builder blocks that reach up to the top of the screen appear on the left and right sides of the stage. Dodge by running to the middle of the stage. Deals 15...30% and great...very high knockback.
At 50% health:
Chain Eruption- Vulcan casts his sword at your character. A burst, much like Volcano that reaches 3 stage builder blocks upwards and 2 horizontal (doesn't increase) occurs right in front of Vulcan. Once that one subsides, another eruption happens, and so on until the move reaches the edge. Deals 10...25% and great...very high knockback.
At 25% health:
Vulcan Split- A red wave travels through Vulcan's hands as he faces the screen and casts one hand to each side (Megiddo is floating in the air in front of him). Two large waves (like ocean waves) of fire burst from each hand and travel horizontally in their respective directions until they leave the stage. Sidestepping or Rolling through them or jumping over them (or if its used by Vulcan in the air, falling downwards) will work to dodge these. Deals 20...35% damage and high...OHKO knockback.
Strategy-
I would say to avoid direct combat, but as Sam that is your only option, unless you actually want to spam the boomerang-like side special. Just stay in his face, watch for the signals. If he raises his sword above his head, he is going to try and slash you away. Take advantage of this and use your Down B. Your Down Special is modified in this fight. Rather than grab the foe, Sam will counter just like an FE character and deal double the damage of the attack that hits him (without knockback)!
(This next battle is between Kelsey and Sam and happens at the same time as the battle in Sam's soul).
Lovers Quarrel~ Boss Battle: Sam Lionheart
The son of Chris has been possessed by a great demon. Can you free him?
Play As: Kelsey
Stage: Hell (same stage as in the Chris Lionheart boss battle).
Song:
Wake Me Up Inside/Bring Me To Life~ By Evanscence
Difficulty: High
Health: 1.3x Normal Boss Health
Size- Human Size
Mobile- Yes (as mobile as a playable character)
Notes- This boss battle works a bit differently than most. Rather than become harder as it goes, he actually loses attacks as it goes along. As Sam fights off his possession, he gains more control over the right side of his body (Megiddo is being wielded left-handed).
Moves:
At Full Health:
(At this moment, Sam barely has any conciousness of his own. His right eye is back to normal, giving some hint that his soul is trying to resist).
Flame Crescent- The signature Lionheart crescent attack with a flickering touch. Sam drags Megiddo across the ground and swings it upwards in front of him. A burst of flame from the sword causes an even further hitbox and creates a lingering effect. Deals 10...25% and good...high upwards knockback.
Infernleo(s)- Vulcan's power combined with the spirit of the Lionhearts. Sam creates a/multiple lion(s) made out of fire. At Full Health, Sam appears in the middle of the screen and then spawns one lion on each side. The lion's single jump around in random but symmetrical patterns. Contact with them deals 10...25% damage and medium...great knockback. They disappear after 5...10 seconds.
Trinity Flames- Sam throws a large fireball in the direction of your character. It splits into 3 smaller, equally sized fireballs. These home in on your character. Each can deal 5...15% and great...high knockback. The best way to avoid these is to shield, as they do little to no damage to shields.
Burning Earth- Sam plants Megiddo into the ground. Flames reaching 3 stage builder blocks high cover an area 3...5 bodylengths wide of the stage in a random area. Coming into contact with them causes 5...10% damage and flinching per second. Disappears after 10...15 seconds. (Only 1...2 can be on the field at a time.)
Whip of Fire- A whip of fire forms in Sam's left hand. He swings it three times, striking the area directly in front of him with the first, that plus the area in the middle of the stage a second time, and the entire bottom of the stage the third time (in other words, the lashes reach near, far, farther). The first 2 can be avoided by being far enough away, but the 3rd requires that you double jump. Deals 10...25% and good...high knockback per strike.
Scorching Crescendo- (Derived from musical terms) Sam points Megiddo forwards. A burst of flame occurs, reaching 3 stage builder block in front of him.) Rather than dissipating immediately, Sam continues to let it burn. It extends 1 stage builder block per half second, until reaching its FF (Fortissimo) of 10 stage builder blocks distance. To best avoid this attack, get behind Sam. As a bonus, he is completely vulnerable during the entire duration. Being struck by this move at any point causes 15...30% damage and great...very high knockback.
Evisceration- Sam leaps into the air and comes crashing down on your character. As he swings his axe into the ground, huge flames burst in all directions from the point of impact, reaching 3 stage builder blocks radius. Deals 20...30% damage and high...OHKO knockback. To avoid, simply run away as he uses it or perform a properly timed sidestep or air dodge.
Parry- Sam blocks your attack. 10...20% activation rate.
At 75% Health:
(Sam's hair has become normal on the right side, showing a further resistance to his possession).
He loses the ability to perform Evisceration.
At 50% Health:
(Sam's right wing turns gray, a shade representing neither purity nor evil, or the color of a man's soul.)
Infernleo(s) is weakened to just Infernleo (only one lion is created in the direction directly in front of him).
Burning Earth is weakened to Smoldering Embers, a form of the move in which flinching is no longer dealt and there is no vertical reach (in other words, you must step on them to take damage).
At 25% Health:
(Sam gains further control over the right side of his body. His hair completely regains its normal color.)
He can no longer perform Whip of Fire or Trinity Flames.
Strategy:
Stay in his face as much as possible (not that you have any other choice seeing as you have no projectile). Parry and Riposte work well when dealing with Flame Crescent. Other than that, stay aggressive as the fight gets easier as it goes along. Learn his attack signals.
(After beating the 2nd boss, a cutscene plays. Its not a fight either one particularly enjoys. As Sam regains himself, he becomes more and more saddened with every swing of his sword. Kelsey isn't in a much better position, as she is practically crying as she fights. Perhaps due to Sam's resistance, he is left vulnerable for a finishing strike from Kelsey).
From this point, you are given three choosable options. Each shows how a single tiny decision in combat (even a decision that is made sub-consciously or without knowledge of doing so) can affect the future.
Decision 1: Hesitate
(Kelsey doesn't notice Sam's opening).
Decision 2: Stab
(Kelsey sees the opening and stabs Sam)
Decision 3: Embrace
(Kelsey embraces Sam and stabs him through the back, the sword reaching all the way through his belly and into hers).
Depending on your decision, Kelsey will perform the action you chose (described in parenthesis under it).
Each decision has a different ending and will decide what the next part of the Endgame is like.
Ending #1 (Canon)~ Grey-Winged Angel
(This ending only occurs if you choose decision #1)
(Kelsey is too late to take advantage of Sam's moment of vulnerability. When she makes her strike, Sam is ready to guard it. The two lovers' swords are locked, each one attempting to push the other down for the upper hand. Sam's strength is the greater and Kelsey finds herself knocked to the ground, her sword out of reach. As Sam walks towards her, it would appear to be the end. Sam's body is currently "split in half" with one side being Vulcan and the other being Sam's will.)
Kelsey: Do your worst...
Vulcan: Time to end this.
(Sam's body shakes as the two inhabitants continue their power struggle. Sam's eyes return to normal briefly.)
Sam: You're right... it is time to end this.
(His eyes flash blood red once more.)
Vulcan: You don't have the power!
(They return to normal again.)
Sam: But I do have the motivation. Consider yourself banished!
(Sam screams as the demon's soul is torn from his body. His body's features return to normal, essentially, the only oddity is that he keeps his wings. Both wings have become a grey color.)
(As Vulcan is cast out, the flames blocking the others subside. The rest of the cast gathers around the victors.)
Michael: In all my years, I have yet to see a human cast out a demon on his own... and yet this boy succeeded. Thank God.
Kelsey: Is it you, Sam? Are you back?
Sam: (smirking) Yeah... I'm back. I told you I wasn't going to leave.
(The cast's rejoicing is cut short. Meggido fell into the Lake of Fire and out of its burning wrath stepped the reborn Vulcan. The 13th hour has arrived. Have the champions of light failed?)
Vulcan: (Walking over to pick up Poiseidon's Trident) I see the son is greater than the father... But with the might of the devouring flame and the mighty sea, none can stand up to me.
Sam: (picking up the Durandal lying in Chris's ashes, while whispering "Let me borrow your might, father.") We can sure as Hell try!
Ending #2~ End of the Line
(This ending is unlocked by choosing decision 2.)
Song:
If You're Not the One~ By Daniel Bedingfield
(Kelsey runs her sword through Sam. The impaled prince falls to the floor, his life bleeding away. Vulcan is cast out of his body. The flames blocking the rest of the cast subside as a result. As the cast gathers around the dying hero, Sam motions them away. He wants to spend his last moments with Kelsey.)
Kelsey: (Choking back tears) I'm... so sorry.
Sam: Relax, beautiful... you saved me.
K: That wound says otherwise...
S: Yeah... I don't think I'll live to see another setting of the sun... but death isn't the end of life... it's just a new beginning. Don't cry for me... I don't deserve it... I am not a hero... All I've ever done is fight for you... nothing more.
K: That makes you my hero.
S: (chuckling) A cliche line... but its meaning still stands true. Please, don't cry... if I am to die today, I want the last memory I take with me to be your smiling face. For one last moment, we are together... and that's all that matters.
K: For you, I will be strong.
S: And thats what I liked about you. Your inner strength exceeds my own.
K: (blushing) Now I understand...
(Sam reaches his arm up weakly and puts it around her shoulder. He didn't have much longer to live. Already, as the cast looks on with melancholy expressions, he is turning pale. If there was a moment to act, it was now. Kelsey kneels down and they share their first, and only, kiss. As their lips part, the look on Sam's face says everything that he no longer has the strength to say. "I am sorry, my love, goodbye." A moment later, he exhaled his final breath and his arm became limp in Kelsey's hands. And so dies Sam Lee Lionheart, the last heir to the Valian throne.)
Kelsey: ... Sam...
(Out of the Lake of Fire flies a reborn Vulcan. The Megiddo had fallen into the Lake, returning to its master's possession. He walks up to Poiseidon's body and pulls Poiseidon's trident from his brother's stiff hands.)
Vulcan: Love is a dreadful bond, is it not... but it is so easy to burn.
Kelsey: You... you took him away from me...
Vulcan: Do you intend to make me join him?
Kelsey: No... (picking up the Durandal from Chris's ashes, which lay near Sam's body) I'm going to send you back from whence you came!
Ending #3~ Embrace of Death
(This ending is accessed by choosing decision 3.)
Song:
If You're Not The One~ By Daniel Bedingfield
(In Sam's moment of vulnerability, Kelsey embraces him and sticks his sword through his back. The fated lovers are both impaled by the sword. Vulcan is cast out of Sam's body and he returns to his normal form, oddly keeping his grey wings. The fires recede but the cast hangs back, likely in mourning respect for the victims of this tragedy. Kelsey pulls the sword out and they fall to the floor, inches away from each other. Still able to move, she crawls over to him. He lies dying, a crimson stain spreading across the floor. Barely able to speak, Sam struggles for the words he has always wished to say.)
Sam: M... my love... W... Why did you end your life....
Kelsey: I don't want you to go alone...
S: Then... y-you have made up your mind?
K: Yes... even if our lives are but one moment... I want it to be shared.
S: I would like to die in matromony.
K: (blushing) Is there time for that?
S: Not an official ceremony... but a union of hearts needs only a mutual agreement. Will you marry me?
K: Yes.
S: Then take this. (Sam pulls off his gauntlet, and on his ring finger lies an heirloom, a ring passed from generation to generation.) Each of us [Lionhearts] has been trusted to give it to the right lady... and thats how it has stayed with us. Its your's now.
K: I accept.
(Much like in the 2nd ending, Sam reaches out and she holds his arm. The close in for the only kiss they would ever get to share in this life. As their life fades away, Kelsey rubs her head against Sam and the two embrace for their final moments. Almost in unison, each breathes their final breath. And so die Lord and Lady Lionheart, last heirs to the Valian throne.)
(The cast looks on at the tragic sight. In a way, the dead couple appeared happy. They had died with content expressions on their faces. Had their ever been such a tear-inspiring sight in the Nintendan world? Nay, I say. But the time for tears was soon to end. Out of the Lake of Fire flew Vulcan with Magiddo in his right hand. He cast his hand at Poiseidon's body and the trident, Tideroi, flew to its new master's left hand. Michael responds by doing the same for the Durandal.)
Aeon: The 13th hour has arrived...
Michael: Then lets end this, for these dead heroes and for the entire world.
Vulcan: Michael, Michael, Michael... do you think you can defeat a god?
Michael: You think you're a god?
Vulcan: I don't think I'm a god... I AM a god!
Michael: Then have at thee, then.
Final Boss~ Vulcan
Wielding the Megiddo and the Tideroi, Vulcan is now the master of land and sea... fire and water... Can anyone hope to defeat him now that the thirteenth bell tolls?
Stage:
Hell (the same stage for the Chris Lionheart and Sam Lionheart boss fights)
Songs:
Through the Fire and Flames~ By DragonForce
Play As:
Normal:
The Sandbags (minus Chris), Aeon, Iago, Zelos Wilder, Peach, Zelda, Sain, Link, Marth, Mario, Luigi, Snake, Bowser, Pyre Fierceshot, Ike, Mia, Bastian, Calill, Haar, Ilyana, Pikachu, Yoshi, Jigglypuff, Pichu, Doggy and Bear, Chocobo, Breloom, Tyrogue, Espeon, Smeargle, Ursaring, Skyler Ocon, Wolf, Gaara, Naruto, Kakashi, Shikamaru, Kiba and Akamaru, Sasuke, Kirby, Metaknight, King Dedede, Halberd Crew, Super Star Helpers, Shine and Bright, Capsule J2, Chef Kawasaki, Megaman, Zero, Protoman, Crono, Roll, Samus, Fox, Falco, Krystal, Pokemon Trainer, Lucario, Mewtwo, Donkey Kong, Diddy Kong, Micaiah (Pick 9)
Champions:
Sam Lionheart, Kelsey, or Michael
(The Champion system is simple. Each ending gives you one hero wielding the mighty Durandal.)
Ending One- Sam Lionheart
(Damage is multiplied by 2x and the Durandal nullifies Sam's sourspot. Sam also has 3 jumps now thanks to his wings. Longest longevity of the champions. Kelsey and Michael are also playable as regular characters.)
Ending Two- Kelsey
(Damage is multiplied by 2x. Fastest attacking champion. Michael is also playable as a regular character.)
Ending Three- Michael
(Damage is multiplied by 3x, as all attacks double hit, dealing 1x damage with Requiem and 2x for Durandal.)
Difficulty:
Hard to Very Hard
Health:
6.66 times as much as an average (single player boss battles mode) boss.
Size:
Human size, being about the size of Ike, not counting wingspan, which is an impressive 6 feet on either side of him.
Mobile:
Yes, as mobile as a human character.
Moves:
At Full Health:
Frostflame Stike- Vulcan slashes at you with both Meggido and Tideroi at the same time (only uses when he is next to you). Fairly predictable. The hitbox of the attack is greatly increased by a disjointed flame and layer of ice that it releases, which also adds a lingering effect. Deals 10...20% damage and medium...great knockback if it hits.
Flames of the Beast- Vulcan throws a single very large fireball that splits into 6 equally sized smaller fireballs. These all home in on you and deal 3...7% damage and flinching each. The easiest way to counter this is to shield, as these don't damage shields at all.
Volcano/Geyser- Vulcan casts his hand forward and a volcanic or geyser eruption occurs under you character's current position. It rises 3 stage builder blocks upwards (but gets higher with each level, raising all the way to the top of the screen when Vulcan is at 25% health) This deals 10...25% and good...high knockback if it hits.
(It is worth noting that the next two stack multiplicatively, not additively. The Tideroi block chance is factored in AFTER the Meggido block chance, so it is actually 2 seperate instances of 10...20% not one instance of 20...40% chance. For those of you who don't understand the significance of this, this results in a lower activation rate than an additive percentage.)
Parry (Megiddo)- Vulcan blocks your melee attack with his Megiddo. 10...20% activation rate.
Parry (Tideroi)- Vulcan blocks your melee attack with Tideroi. 10...20% activation rate.
At 75% Health:
Heat Wave- Vulcan flies down to ground level, fires a beam that must be double jumped over to be dodged, then flies to the middle of the screen fires a second wave of fire that must be dodged with your recovery or by falling downwards quickly, and then flies to the top third and fires a 3rd wave that can be dodged by falling downwards. Each blast can deal 15...30% damage and good...high knockback.
Twin Towers- Vulcan disappears then appears in the middle of the screen. Two large towers of flame with a width of 5 stage builder blocks that reach up to the top of the screen appear on the left and right sides of the stage. Dodge by running to the middle of the stage. Deals 15...30% and great...very high knockback.
Hail- Vulcan holds Tideroi above his head and ice starts falling from the sky. The entire stage is effected. For 5 seconds, all characters excluding Vulcan take 1...3% per second. No knockback is dealt, not even flinching.
At 50% Health:
Chain Eruption/Chain Geyser- Vulcan casts his sword at your character. A burst of lava or hot water, much like Volcano/Geyser that reaches 3 stage builder blocks upwards and 2 horizontal (doesn't increase) occurs right in front of Vulcan. Once that one subsides, another eruption happens, and so on until the move reaches the edge. Deals 10...25% and great...very high knockback.
Flash Freeze- Vulcan stabs the ground with Tideroi. All characters, excluding Vulcan, who are currently touching the ground (and haven't sidestepped) are frozen for 2...5 seconds or until struck by another attack. In addition, they take 5...15% damage. Jumping is the simplest way to avoid this.
At 25% Health:
Vulcan Split- A red wave travels through Vulcan's right hand and a blue wave travels through Vulcan's left hand as he faces the screen and casts one hand to each side (Megiddo and Tideroi are floating in the air in front of him). A large blast (of fire on the right and water on the left) bursts from each hand and travels horizontally in its respective direction until it leaves the stage. Sidestepping or Rolling through them or jumping over them (or if its used by Vulcan in the air, falling downwards) will work to dodge these. Deals 20...35% damage and great...very high knockback.
Whirlpool- Vulcan spins Tideroi around like a fan blade. A large whirlpool whips up in the center of the stage, reaching 6 stage builder blocks distance on each side (for a diameter of 12). A character struck by this will be caught in the whirlpool, spinning around and around for 3 seconds while suffering any of Vulcan's other attacks that happen to hit. Afterwards, the foe is released and takes great...very high vertical knockback. Move away from the center to avoid.
Lake Of Fire- Vulcan unleashes the fury of Hell! Megiddo burns bright red as he lifts it into the air and says "Burn the mortals for their sins!" Suddenly a flood of lava spreads onto the stage (this happens about a second after Vulcan finishes speaking). Deals 666% damage and OHKO knockback. You must use a properly timed sidestep or aerial dodge to avoid, making this move much like a one hit version of Tabuu's "XBOX 360 attack". Will definitely have inexperienced players cussing.
Strategy-
As always, learning attack signals is crucial. Finish this fight as quickly as possible. This time, of course, you have the option to use characters with distance moves to avoid Frostfire Strike and to get around his parries. If you get down to your last character, all hope is not lost. They are a champion who deals double, or in Michael's case TRIPLE damage.
End Of Endgame
Epilogue: Victory and Sorrow
Fall of a Demon
(This part continues from the cliffhanger of the Endgame)
(After the boss battle, Vulcan is shown. An arrogant look is on his face, as the tired cast surrounds him. The cast may have won the battle, but they haven't slain him.)
Vulcan: Heh... You think you've won? You've only succeeded in annoying me.
Michael: Drop the act, Vulcan. The Durandal has weakened you.
Vulcan: Ah, but I hold all the cards, including an ace. Isn't that right, Warlord?
(The group looks at Warlord shocked. Before anyone can react, Warlord grabs the Durandal from whoever is currently holding it, based on the ending. He then walks right up to Vulcan.)
Vulcan: What a loyal puppet... now hand over the sword to your master.
Warlord: Heh... You know, Master, I still owe you for the death of my buddy. (He stabs Vulcan with the Durandal. It doesn't kill the demon, but it does leave him vulnerable).
Vulcan: What is this!? I sent my minion to put you under my control!
Warlord: Don't make me laugh... I killed your minion.
Vulcan: This isn't over... I am immortal!
Michael: Then you shall be bound to this place. (Michael turns Requiem into a holy chain. He casts it at Vulcan, binding the demon.) For 1000 years, you shall be bound to the Lake.
Vulcan: This is madness!
Warlord: Madness? THIS IS JUDGEMENT! (Warlord does the famous Sparta Kick, sending Vulcan down into the lake of fire.)
Michael: Finally, it is finished.
The Cost of Victory
(The battle to save the world was a success, but it did not come without a cost. The scene shifts to just outside the burned Castle Lionheart. A funeral is held for the fallen, with a tombstone for each dead character, Chris and Ryann being guaranteeds. If Ending 1 is chosen, they are the only ones to die. If Ending 2 is chosen, Sam's grave is between the graves of Chris and Ryann. If Ending 3 is chosen, Sam and Kelsey's graves are side by side under Chris and Ryann's graves.)
The entire kingdom showed up to mourn the fallen (whether it be just the current King and Queen, or the entire royal line.)
Every character is shown with silent tears, with the exception of villain characters.
This scene ends as the sun sets and the light of day fades from the graves.
Love Conquers All
(This scene only plays when Ending 1 is chosen).
(Sam stands on a balcony of the scorched Castle. Though still standing, it is not the grand sight it once was. The balcony is basically the window of what was once Sam's room. Sam is shown looking at the stars, mourning for his parents.)
Sam: Why... why did it have to end like this? I'm so sorry, father...
Unknown: Do you need to be alone?
(Sam turns around. Kelsey walks up to him and puts her hand on his shoulder.)
S: You can stay... forgive me if I'm not in the mood for my usual antics.
K: I know what it's like to lose your family. Its a deep hurt, even if you were to young to know them... I can't imagine how much harder this must be for you.
S: I... I'm a king now... I'm not ready for it.
K: I believe in you... whatever you decide to do, I'll be there to support it.
S: Thank you... Y'know... one remnant of my family still lives.
K: Are you proposing to me?
S: Is that what you want?
K: Forgive me, but I would prefer to spend more time at your side first.
S: A wise choice.... Kelsey.. how would you feel about me abdicating the throne?
K: If that is what you want... but tell me why you would choose this path.
S: The life of a king is full of sorrow and sacrifice. If I were to become king... I wouldn't have enough time for the one thing that matters to me... our life together. Worse than that... it would actually make you a target of treason by some powerhungry fool. For this reason... I want to be a knight... a worker... anything that would allow me build my family anew.
K: I see... Then I will stand by you.
(They embrace)
S: Thank you...
(The camera zooms out to the night sky. The stars shine brightly as one last word appears on them...)
FIN
